<TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
   <teiHeader>
      <fileDesc>
         <titleStmt>
            <title>Christs confession and complaint concering his kingdom and seruants; conuincing Iewes of obstinacie, Romish Catholickes of conspiracie, seducers of sedition, Arminians of apostacie, and diuers others of coldnes, schisme, treachery &amp; hypocrisie. By J.P.</title>
            <author>I. P., fl. 1629.</author>
         </titleStmt>
         <editionStmt>
            <edition>
               <date>1629</date>
            </edition>
         </editionStmt>
         <extent>Approx. 300 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 58 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.</extent>
         <publicationStmt>
            <publisher>Text Creation Partnership,</publisher>
            <pubPlace>Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :</pubPlace>
            <date when="2011-04">2011-04 (EEBO-TCP Phase 2).</date>
            <idno type="DLPS">A08779</idno>
            <idno type="STC">STC 19069</idno>
            <idno type="STC">ESTC S102324</idno>
            <idno type="EEBO-CITATION">99838112</idno>
            <idno type="PROQUEST">99838112</idno>
            <idno type="VID">2471</idno>
            <availability>
               <p>To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication 
                <ref target="https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/">Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal</ref>. 
               This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to 
                <ref target="http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/">http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/</ref> for more information.</p>
            </availability>
         </publicationStmt>
         <seriesStmt>
            <title>Early English books online.</title>
         </seriesStmt>
         <notesStmt>
            <note>(EEBO-TCP ; phase 2, no. A08779)</note>
            <note>Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 2471)</note>
            <note>Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English Books, 1475-1640 ; 1075:14)</note>
         </notesStmt>
         <sourceDesc>
            <biblFull>
               <titleStmt>
                  <title>Christs confession and complaint concering his kingdom and seruants; conuincing Iewes of obstinacie, Romish Catholickes of conspiracie, seducers of sedition, Arminians of apostacie, and diuers others of coldnes, schisme, treachery &amp; hypocrisie. By J.P.</title>
                  <author>I. P., fl. 1629.</author>
               </titleStmt>
               <extent>[12], 95, [1] p.   </extent>
               <publicationStmt>
                  <publisher>s.n.],</publisher>
                  <pubPlace>Printed [abroad :</pubPlace>
                  <date>M.DC.XXIX [1629]</date>
               </publicationStmt>
               <notesStmt>
                  <note>Place of publication from STC.</note>
                  <note>Errata on recto of M4, final leaf.</note>
                  <note>Some print faded and show-through; upper margins cropped; title page stained.</note>
                  <note>Reproduction of original in the Sion College. Library.</note>
               </notesStmt>
            </biblFull>
         </sourceDesc>
      </fileDesc>
      <encodingDesc>
         <projectDesc>
            <p>Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl,
      TEI @ Oxford.
      </p>
         </projectDesc>
         <editorialDecl>
            <p>EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.</p>
            <p>EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).</p>
            <p>The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.</p>
            <p>Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.</p>
            <p>Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.</p>
            <p>Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as &lt;gap&gt;s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.</p>
            <p>The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.</p>
            <p>Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).</p>
            <p>Keying and markup guidelines are available at the <ref target="http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/docs/.">Text Creation Partnership web site</ref>.</p>
         </editorialDecl>
         <listPrefixDef>
            <prefixDef ident="tcp"
                       matchPattern="([0-9\-]+):([0-9IVX]+)"
                       replacementPattern="http://eebo.chadwyck.com/downloadtiff?vid=$1&amp;page=$2"/>
            <prefixDef ident="char"
                       matchPattern="(.+)"
                       replacementPattern="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/textcreationpartnership/Texts/master/tcpchars.xml#$1"/>
         </listPrefixDef>
      </encodingDesc>
      <profileDesc>
         <langUsage>
            <language ident="eng">eng</language>
         </langUsage>
         <textClass>
            <keywords scheme="http://authorities.loc.gov/">
               <term>Church of England --  Controversial literature --  Early works to 1800.</term>
            </keywords>
         </textClass>
      </profileDesc>
      <revisionDesc>
            <change>
            <date>2020-09-21</date>
            <label>OTA</label> Content of 'availability' element changed when EEBO Phase 2 texts came into the public domain</change>
         <change>
            <date>2009-03</date>
            <label>TCP</label>Assigned for keying and markup</change>
         <change>
            <date>2009-04</date>
            <label>SPi Global</label>Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images</change>
         <change>
            <date>2009-06</date>
            <label>John Pas</label>Sampled and proofread</change>
         <change>
            <date>2009-06</date>
            <label>John Pas</label>Text and markup reviewed and edited</change>
         <change>
            <date>2009-09</date>
            <label>pfs</label>Batch review (QC) and XML conversion</change>
      </revisionDesc>
   </teiHeader>
   <text xml:lang="eng">
      <front>
         <div type="title_page">
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:1" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:1"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:2" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:2"/>
            <p>CHRISTS CONFESSION AND COMPLAINT, Concerning HIS KINGDOM AND SERVANTS; Conuincing Iewes of obſtinacie, Romiſh Catholickes of Conſpiracie, Seducers of Sedition, Arminians of Apoſtacie, and diuers others of Coldnes, Schiſme, Treachery &amp; Hypocriſie.</p>
            <p>By <hi>J. P.</hi>
            </p>
            <q>
               <bibl>1. TIM. 6.13.</bibl>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hee witneſſed a good Confeſſion before</hi> Pontius Pilate.</p>
            </q>
            <q>
               <bibl>
                  <hi>Bernard.</hi> De ordine vitae.</bibl>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vbinam quaeſo vera prudentia niſi in Chriſti doctrina? Soli ergo qui eius doctrina imbuti ſunt, prudentes dicendi ſunt.</hi>
               </p>
            </q>
            <p>Printed, M.DC.XXIX.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="dedication">
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:3" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:3"/>
            <head>TO THE HONOVR OF ALMIGHTIE GOD.</head>
            <p>
               <hi>
                  <seg rend="decorInit">E</seg>TERNALL and incomprehenſible Lord God, who haſt</hi> giuen <hi>to thine only begotten Sonne</hi> Ieſus Chriſt, dominion and a Kingdome, that all people, Nations and languages <hi>ſhould</hi> ſerue and obey him; <hi>and who hauing firſt ſent this</hi> King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dome <hi>to the</hi> Iewes, <hi>who reiected it, and ſince to diuers other Nations that haue fallen a way fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> it, and follo wed Antichriſt, haſt of they great goodneſſe, vouchſafed among other places, to haue thy</hi> Kingdome <hi>now theſe many yeeres in this</hi> Iland: <hi>yet haue not we O Lord, in humilitie and thankefulneſse, in all mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters of faith and ſaluation, ſubiected our ſelues to the ſame; but</hi> the Corner ſtone <hi>hath beene in ſundrie points, of diuers</hi> Builders refuſed: <hi>who haue brought in new and contrarie doctrines againſt</hi> the word of they Grace <hi>and Kingdome; and many, O Lord, haue followed</hi> their pernicious wayes. We haue ſinned and done wickedly, and haue re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>belled by departing from thy Precepts; <hi>and thereby haue deſerued,</hi> that thy Kingdome ſhould alſo be taken fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> 
               <hi>vs,</hi> and giuen to a Nation bringing forth the fruits thereof:</p>
            <p>
               <hi>But, O Lord God, if</hi> the foundations be deſtroyed, <hi>yet</hi> what hath the Righteous done? <hi>What hath they holy So<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ne</hi> Ieſus <hi>done, that he ſhould loſe his Kingdome, &amp; ſo many people here, and in other Nations? or if he loſe none that</hi> thou haſt giuen him, <hi>yet that he ſhould not haue them to ſerue him with more freedome? He is worthy to be ſerued of all,</hi> without feare of <hi>Enemies,</hi> vvho redeemed vs to thee by his
<pb facs="tcp:2471:4" rendition="simple:additions"/>blood, out of euery kindred and tongue, and people and Nation. <hi>It hath beene ſaid,</hi> The Kingdomes of this world are become the Kingdomes of our Lord, and of his Chriſt, and he ſhall raigne for euer. <hi>Wee know O Lord, that thou wilt make good they</hi> Word; and if we beleeue not, yet thou abideſt faithfull. <hi>Neuertheleſſe,</hi> the Kings of the earth haue ſet themſelues, and the <hi>Rulers</hi> take counſell together againſt <hi>thee,</hi> and thy Chriſt: <hi>In many Kingdomes and Prouinces, where the Goſpell hath beene lately preached, they ſeeme to haue preuailed and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duced people to Antichriſtian ſlauery: but thou, O Lord, haſt promiſed to</hi> ſpeake vnto them in thy wrath, <hi>and by</hi> thy Word to ouercome <hi>them. Vp, Lord, therefore, and</hi> let not man haue the vpper hand: Awake, awake, &amp; put on ſtrength, O Arme of the Lord, awake as in the ancient dayes, <hi>when</hi> thou didſt deuide the Sea; and brakeſt the heads of <hi>the Egyptian</hi> Dragons in the waters: take vnto thee <hi>againe, O Lord,</hi> they great power, and raigne <hi>ouer all Nations, Iewes, and Gentiles: though they and we haue deſerued no ſuch King, but rather the moſt contrary; yet in the multitude of they mercies, burie the multitude of all our tranſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>greſsions: ſuffer not them nor vs</hi> to walke in darkeneſſe; <hi>but for thine</hi> owne Names ſake, ſend out thy light and thy Truth, <hi>and</hi> let them leade vs, and bring <hi>vs to the ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uing knowledge and obedience of thee and thy Chriſt.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Giue <hi>a bleſsing, O Lord, to all good meanes conducing to the ſame, &amp; namely to theſe few proofes &amp; obſeruations, gathered, by thy aſsiſtance, from the</hi> Confeſſion and Complaint <hi>of thy deare Sonne. In them, O God, defend what is thine owne: And</hi> let not thoſe, O Lord God of hoſts, that put their truſt in thee, de aſhamed <hi>of the Truth</hi> becauſe of me, <hi>for who am I, duſt and aſhes, one of the loweſt ranke of thy Seruants, that when many great and learned dare not, or doe not, I ſhould aduenture to ſhew the wrongs done to the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dome
<pb facs="tcp:2471:4"/>of my Sauiour, that am not able of my ſelfe to thinke a good thought? Thou knoweſt, O Lord, that moſt men</hi> haue the faith of our Lord Ieſus Chriſt, with reſpect of perſons, <hi>looking more who writeth, then what is written; though they confeſſe, that it oft pleaſeth thee,</hi> out of the mouthes of Babes and ſucklings, to ordaine ſtrength, becauſe of thine enemies; <hi>for</hi> their <hi>greater ſhame and confuſion,</hi> that <hi>ſo</hi> thou mighteſt ſtill the enemie and auenger; <hi>when they ſhall ſee, that if they could get all the wiſe, and learned, and mightie men in the world, to be on their ſide, yet thou canſt</hi> chooſe <hi>and enable</hi> the fooliſh things of this world to confound the wiſe, and the things that a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>e not, to bring to nought the things that are. <hi>Thou, O Lord God, art to ſuch weakeones, the beſt Patron, the ſureſt</hi> Sh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>eld and Buckler: Shew <hi>therefore</hi> thy marueilous louing kind<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſe, O thou that ſaueſt them that truſt in thee, from thoſe that reſiſt thy right hand. <hi>Thou that canst mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fest thy might in weakeneſſe,</hi> Bow the heauens, O Lord, and come downe, and make thy Name knowne to thine aduerſaries, that the Nations may tremble at thy preſence: Caſt downe the ſtrong holds and high <hi>conceits of proud Heretickes,</hi> exalted againſt the know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge of thee the only true God, <hi>and thy Sonne</hi> Ieſus Chriſt whom thou haſt ſent: <hi>Bring</hi> into captiuitie euery thought, to the obedience of thy Chriſt: for thine, O Lord, is the Kingdome, <hi>that then thou ſhouldeſt</hi> rule <hi>all, thine</hi> the power and the glorie, <hi>of giuing and effecting all good things: to thee, O Father, together with thy Sonne our Sauiour, and thy holy Spirit, three Perſons, one true and euerliuing God, be giuen, as due is, all obedience, honour, praiſe, and glorie, now and for euer, Amen.</hi>
            </p>
         </div>
         <div type="dedication">
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:5" rendition="simple:additions"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:5"/>
            <head>TO THE HIGH AND MIGHTIE PRINCE, <hi>CHARLES,</hi> by the grace of God King of great Britaine, France, and Ireland, De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fendor of the Faith, &amp;c.</head>
            <p>
               <hi>
                  <seg rend="decorInit">T</seg>Here was a Law</hi> (Dread Soueraigne) <hi>among the Romans,
<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Gueuara</hi> in his Epiſtles.</note> That vpon paine of death, none ſhould preſume to approach the Tent where the Emperour did eate &amp; ſleepe, except ſuch as did ſerue him by day, and guard him by night. The Emperour</hi> Aure<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius <hi>being in the warres in Aſia againſt</hi> Cenobia, <hi>in the night a certaine Greeke Souldier entred the Emperours Tent, who being taken to be executed for the ſame, the Emperour from his bed cried out with a loude voyce,</hi> If his man did come to ſue for any thing for himſelfe, let him die; but if for another, let him liue. <hi>The matter being examined, it was found that the poore man came to ſue for his three com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>panions that were taken ſleeping in the watch,</hi> who there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vpon <hi>were</hi> then <hi>all ſaued:</hi> whereby that good Prince got to himſelfe an immortall name of clemencie. Novv ſeeing I alſo (a common Souldier) come not to ſue for my ſelfe, but my <hi>Sauiour,</hi> nor in my ovvne Name and vvords, but in his <hi>Confeſsion</hi> and <hi>Complaint;</hi> and aboute thoſe, who if not in your Maieſties ſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uice, yet in Chriſts Camp, haue been <hi>taken aſleep</hi> being <hi>of the watch,</hi> no man will (I hope) be ſo raſh, as to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceite that your Maieſtie a Chriſtian King ſhould not ouercome a Pagan Prince, in that much honoured vertue; much leſſe ſo far to forget the duty of a ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iect, as to infer from this example, that we vnder the
<pb facs="tcp:2471:6"/>Goſpell of our Lord and Sauiour <hi>Ieſus Chriſt,</hi> haue li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ued to a time, vvhen it ſhould be accounted a crime in any Chriſtian, <hi>to confeſſe</hi> and defend <hi>the faith of Chriſt crucified.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Ide<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> in orat. ad C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rol. 5. inter Epiſt.</note> Youre <hi>Maieſtie</hi> by youre Roiall title is <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fender of the faith;</hi> and conſequently of all thoſe youre <hi>Maieſties</hi> ſubiects that profeſſe and maintaine the ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>me. <hi>Then,</hi> ſaith <hi>Gueuara, is the Prince naturall of the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom when he doth obſerue and defend the Goſpell of Chriſt.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>I confeſſe, right high and mightie <hi>Monarch,</hi> youre <hi>Maieſties</hi> affaires are many &amp; important; that amonge many things offered to youre Princely co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ſideration, ſome may be of greater conſequence in the conceite of the preferrers, then in true ſubſtance, and may per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps be therefore anſwered with <hi>parturiunt montes, naſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetur rediculus mus,</hi> or with that, <hi>Non vacat exiguis rebus adeſſe Ioui.</hi> But this <hi>Confeſsion,</hi> amonge other things, manifeſteth that the ſucceſſe and ſafety of temporall Kingdoms, depende on the due receiuing and main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance of Chriſts, and extirpation of all the open &amp; ſecret enemies thereof. Knowing then, that in this <hi>Iſland, Chriſt</hi> hath had a Kingdom theeſe ſeauenty yeares or vpwards; that there is noe true Chriſtian, nor good ſubiect, but would be loth to ſee it eaten out by <hi>Ieſuiticall</hi> or <hi>Pelagian</hi> practiſes; what honourable or loial Seruant is there in youre<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> 
               <hi>Maieſties Court,</hi> that if a man,
<note place="margin">Ieh. 9.1.30.</note> as weake, as he that was <hi>blinde from his birth,</hi> ſhould, by Gods aſſiſtance, pleade Chriſts cauſe to the <hi>Rulers</hi> with good proofes, would not take that of our Sauiour into conſideration,
<note place="margin">chap. 12.48.</note> 
               <hi>He that reiecteth me and receiueth not my words, bath one that iudgeth him, the Word that I haue ſpoken, the ſame ſhall iudge him in the laſt day?</hi>
            </p>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:6"/>
            <p>The firſt part vvhich conuinceth the <hi>Iewes,</hi> may ſeeme at firſt ſight, to make nothing for, or againſt, any here, nor much to co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>cerne; Chriſts cauſe in this; <hi>Iſland;</hi> but as it like a greate wheele moueth all the leſſer, and like a <hi>Roote</hi> yealdeth ſap and life to all the branches: the worke it ſelfe is but litle, and that ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iect fills not a fifth part of it; vouchſafe therefore, greate <hi>Kinge,</hi> youre Roiall and Princely patience, and youre <hi>Maieſtie</hi> ſhall ſoone ſee how reuiued hereſies doe eate at the roote both of Church and State, and that vvith noe ordinarie danger. Yet doe I not ſtrike at the <hi>Arminians,</hi> but through the ſides of the <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lagians,</hi> nor ſoe much at theire tenets, as at theire practiſes: nor at them, but as they are againſt the Kingdom of God, the honour of youre <hi>Maieſtie,</hi> &amp; the peace, ſafety, and ſtrength of youre Kingdoms: Nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther is that donne by me, but by Chriſts owne <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſsion</hi> and <hi>Complaint,</hi> and ſuch conſequences as neceſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſarily follow fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> the ſame: the examples out of holy writ, and other Hiſtories, here gathered, beeing only Inſtances of the neuerfailing truth of that, which Chriſt in his Confeſſion denied or affirmed: Now therefore, the greate God of heauen and earth, in whoſe <hi>hands</hi> are the <hi>hearts</hi> of <hi>Kings,</hi> giue youre <hi>Maieſtie</hi> to ſee, embrace and eſtabliſh the things that <hi>belonge to the peace</hi> of youre Kingdoms,
<note place="margin">Luk 19 42.</note> and now perplexed ſubiects, which, is the thinge herein deſired, and daily begd of God in continuall prayers, by youre <hi>Maieſties</hi> moſt humble ſubiect, and Vaſſall,</p>
         </div>
         <div type="to_the_reader">
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:7"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:2471:7"/>
            <head>To the Chriſtian Reader.</head>
            <p>
               <seg rend="decorInit">C</seg>HRISTIAN and Truth-louing Reader, I offer here to thy moſt retired and ſerious conſiderations the <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſion</hi> and <hi>Complaint</hi> of <hi>Chriſt Ieſus</hi> our Sauiour, with ſuch vndeniable conſequences as neceſſarily follow from the ſame; that ſo thou maieſt obſerue from his mouth, who is the best Pilote, what courſe to ſteere in this troubleſom and tempestious age, to bringe that pretious Iewell &amp; Veſſell of thine, thy yet floting Soule vnto the Hauen of true happines; that it may not be ſurpriſed by Seducers; ſuffer ſhipwrack againſt the Rocks or late ſunke Veſſels of errour, nor runne a ground in the ſhal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowes of ignorance;
<note place="margin">
                  <hi>Epheſ. 4.14.</hi>
               </note> 
               <hi>That wee henceforth be noe more children toſſed to and fro, and carried aboute with euery winde of doc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trine, by the ſleight of men, and cunning craftineſſe, whereby they lie in waite to deceiue: But following the Truth in loue, may grow vp into him in all things which is the head, euen Chriſt:</hi> A worke that might haue beene vndertaken by one more expe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rienced in ſuch ſacred mysteries, and better qualified for them, then I am. Yet if a man that is but an ordinarie Paſſenger in a ſhip, ſhall eſpie it to be neere a Rocke, a Ship ſunke, or ſome other Sea marke, ſet vp to diſcouer a danger; who will blame him, if, while others that ſhould watch, are ſleeping, or otherwiſe buiſied, he giue notice thereof to them that are with him embarked in the ſame Ship, or in any other within hearing, that the dangers may be auoided?</p>
            <p>Such as beare good will to Sion, <hi>pray for,</hi> &amp; truly ſeeke <hi>the peace</hi> of our <hi>Ieruſalem,</hi> will ſoone perceiue that my indeauours, herein, are only exerciſed in ſeeking the Kingdom of God, the honour and ſafety of our Soueraigne Lord the Kinge, the peace and happines of his <hi>Maieſties</hi> Kingdoms, and of Gods Church in them; together with the conuiction and amendment of ſuch as haue donne euill offices to any of theeſe,
<note place="margin">
                  <hi>2. Tim. 2.25.</hi>
               </note> 
               <hi>If God peraduenture will giue them repentance to the acknowledging of the Truth: and that they may recouer them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelues out of the ſnare of the Deuill, who are taken captiue by him at his will.</hi> But on the other ſide, if any that haue exchanged theire best iudgments for ſuch honours, and other <hi>gifts</hi> of the World, as <hi>blinde the eyes of the wiſe,</hi> or for the hopes of them; If any who
<pb facs="tcp:2471:8"/>are Ieſuited, or poiſened with Romiſh or Pelagian errours, finding themſelues touched with theeſe lines, ſhall make a worſe construction of them, to cleare themſelues or theire adherents, then can with good Conſcience be giuen, and framing a minde to me out of theire owne, ſhall therevpon begin to inueigh against this litle tratiſe, or the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſer thereof; the Booke it ſelfe will I hope ſay enough to ſtop ſuch mens mouthes; and if that doe not, I know a longe Epiſtle can not doe it: I will therefore leaue all further Apollogies, and appealing from them to <hi>God, to whome all hearts lie open,</hi> implore his almightie protection: In the meane time hopeing ſuch things of thee as accompany ſaluation, and beſeeching thee to excuſe and correct with thy pen ſuch faults, as (not without wronge donne to me) haue eſcaped the Printer in the printing; I reſt</p>
            <closer>
               <signed>Thine in Chriſt Ieſus I. P.</signed>
            </closer>
         </div>
      </front>
      <body>
         <div type="text">
            <pb n="1" facs="tcp:2471:8"/>
            <head>CHRISTS CONFESSION AND COMPLAINT.</head>
            <epigraph>
               <q>
                  <bibl>
                     <hi>Ioh. 18.36.37.</hi>
                  </bibl>
                  <p>Ieſus anſwered My Kingdom is not of this world: If my King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom were of this wor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d then would my Servants fight, that I ſhould not be delivered to the Iewes: but now is my King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom not from hence.</p>
                  <p>Pilate therefore ſaide vnto him, Art thou a Kinge then? Ieſus anſwered, Thou ſayeeſt that I am a King. To this ende was I borne, and for this cauſe came I into the world, that I ſhould beare witneſſe vnto the Truth: Euery one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</p>
               </q>
            </epigraph>
            <p>
               <seg rend="decorInit">T</seg>HAT which <hi>S. Paul</hi> ſaith of <hi>all holy Scripture;</hi>
               <note place="margin">2. Tim. 3.15.</note> can not but be verified in this, that it is <hi>giue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> by inspiratio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> of God, and is proffitable for doctrine, for reproefe, for correction, for instruction in righ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teouſnes; That the man of God may be perfect:</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cauſe in ſaying that Ieſus <hi>Christ witneſſed a GOOD confeſſion before Pontius Pilate,</hi>
               <note place="margin">1. Tim. 5.6.13.</note> he muſt needes haue reſpect to this here prefixed: for there is noe other mencioned by all the other Euangeliſt ſaue this, that when Pilate aſked him, <hi>Art thou the Kinge of the Iewes?</hi> he anſwered him, <hi>Thou ſaiſt it.</hi> Which is comprehended in this confeſſion, recorded by S. Iohn: for theeſe words of our <hi>Sauiour Chriſt,</hi> ſpoke<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> in the mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of his Paſſio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> vnto <hi>Pilate</hi> ſitting in <hi>the iugeme<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t hall,</hi> are an anſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer to that queſtio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> aſked by <hi>Pilate</hi> in the forgoeing verſ.
<note place="margin">Ioh. 18.13.</note> 
               <hi>Art thou the King of the Iewes?</hi> to which queſtio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Chriſt anſwers firſt by a que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtion,
<pb n="2" facs="tcp:2471:9"/>neither plainely affirming himſelfe to be the <hi>King</hi> of the Iewes, leaſt beeing miſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>enderſtood of the worldly Kingdom, he ſhould offer them ſome ſhew of cauſe of putting him to death, becauſe that Kingdom was accounted Cęſars; nor yet denying the truth; but rather confeſſing and implying himſelfe to be a <hi>King,</hi> ſaying, <hi>Sayeſt thou this thing of thy ſelfe? or did others tell it thee of me?</hi>
               <note place="margin">verſ. 34.</note> As if he ſaide, Doeſt thou thy ſelfe imagin it? doeſt thou thinke it? or haue others told it to thee, that I am a King? or haue made my ſelfe one, that thou aſkeſt me this queſtion, either as thinking me to be <hi>King</hi> of the <hi>Iewes,</hi> or ſeeking to haue wherewithall to condemne me? doeſt thou aſke this queſtion of thy ſelfe, to get matter out of my owne mouth againſt me, as the high Preiſt did?
<note place="margin">Verſ. 35.</note> or did others tell it thee of mee? At which manner of ſpeaking <hi>Pilate</hi> ſomwhat offended, <hi>anſwered, Am I a Iew?</hi> that is either in opinion and religion, as ſome are, who thinke thee to be the <hi>King</hi> of the Iewes,
<note place="margin">Math. 27.17.</note> and their expected <hi>King</hi> or Meſſiah, as he ſaith, <hi>who is called Chriſt; and, whom yee call King of the Iewes:</hi> or in mallice, as others are, who beeing of a contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rie faith, hate thee, and ſeek thy life, becauſe thou art thought to be that <hi>King,</hi> and better then themſelues; they therfore make it matter of accuſation; I though a <hi>Gentile,</hi> and <hi>Ceſars Deputie</hi> haue not ſought out this thinge, nor thee to finde matter againſt thee;
<note place="margin">Ioh. 18.35.</note> but <hi>thine owne natio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, &amp; the cheifs Preiſts haue deliuered thee vnto me.</hi> As if he ſaide, The enuie is not mine, but theires; <hi>for he know that for enuie they had deliuered him.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Mat. 27.18.</note> Yet to ſatiffie them in exami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning him<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> he addeth, <hi>What hast thou donne?</hi> as if he ſaide, to make thy ſelfe King of the Iewes, and thereby an offendour againſt <hi>Ceſar.</hi> To which <hi>Ieſus</hi> then <hi>anſwered</hi> more directly and plainely, ſaying, <hi>My Kingdom is not of this world: if my Kingdom were &amp;c.</hi>
            </p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>The cauſes of this Confeſsion.</head>
               <p>THE cauſes that both moued Pilate to examin him vpon this point, and Chriſt to make this anſwer, were the invectiue exclamations and accuſatio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>s of his obſtinate enemies the Iewes, who ſaide, <hi>Wee found this fellow peruerting the nation, and forbidding to giue tribute to Ceſar, ſaying, that he himſelfe is Chriſt a King.</hi> They here accuſe him of three things. 1. They ſay they found him <hi>per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerting
<pb n="3" facs="tcp:2471:9"/>the nation.</hi> 2. <hi>Forbidding to giue tribute to Ceſar.</hi> 3. <hi>Saying that himſelfe is Christ a King.</hi> Or if you will, they accuſe him of per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verting the nation, which they would ſeeme to proue by theeſe two, that he <hi>forbiddeth to giue tribute to Ceſar,</hi> and that he ſaith <hi>that himſelfe is Chriſt a King.</hi> That of the tribute was a moſt falſe accuſation, and only a charging of him, with that which they would haue had him to ſay, not with that which he did ſay: for when they fauninglie applauded his integritie, and the truth of his doctrine, then they ſaide, <hi>Tell vs therfore what thinkeſt thou?
<note place="margin">Mat. 22 16.</note> Is it lawfull to giue tribute vnto Ceſar or not? But he perceiuing theire wickednes, ſaide, Why tempt ye me ye hypocrits:</hi> Ye that pretend that ye thinke me <hi>true,</hi> and <hi>that I teach the way of God in truth;</hi> that in reſpect of it. <hi>I care not for any man, nor regard the perſon of man,</hi> ſo as for mans ſake to bauke or wreſt the truth of God: A thing in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed as odious wicked and deteſtable as theire diſſembling; who doe not now <hi>ſpeake lies in hypocriſie,</hi> but truth in hypocriſie, for what they ſaide of Chriſt, was noe lie; he was <hi>true,</hi> taught <hi>the way fo God in truth,</hi> and in reſpect thereof <hi>cared not for any man,</hi> but was indeed <hi>Doctor reſolutus,</hi> and therein a perfect patterne for all his Elect to imitate, as beſides o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>her times appeared now in his confeſſion, firſt before the high Preiſt, and after before Pilate; where he would ſpeake the t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uth, though he knew it would coſt him his life: and yet as they ſpeake theſe words, they are <hi>lies;</hi> yea they are alſo lies ſpoken in hypocriſie, becauſe they doe not ſpeake the <hi>truth that is in</hi> theire <hi>heart,</hi> they doe not thinke as they ſpeake, but ſpeake againſt their ſeared conſciences, which will needes be perſwaded (notwithſtanding all good proefes of life, myracles and doctrine) that he is a <hi>deceiuer;</hi> or if ſome of them were thereby conuicted in their conſciences, that <hi>he was true,</hi> &amp;c. yet they enuie, and hate him for theſe things, there is noe loue, noe deſire to learne or be informed, but rather to catch and enſnare, and ſoe noe truth, but <hi>trocherie</hi> in theeſe their ſpeeches; and euen in that reſpect they are Hipocrits and Liars; conuicted for examples to vs, and that by <hi>Chriſt</hi> himſelfe, who at the gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rall day will thus iudge of all that ſpeake well to an ill ende.</p>
               <p>He aſketh to ſee the <hi>tribute money;</hi> they ſhew him; he aſketh <hi>whoſe Image and ſuperſcription it is, They ſay vnto him Ceſars:
<note place="margin">M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t. 22.</note> Then ſaith he vnto them, giue vnto Ceſar the things that are Ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſars
<pb n="4" facs="tcp:2471:10" rendition="simple:additions"/>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Caeſari num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mos, Deo vos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ipſos. Aug. in Ioan Tract. 40.</note>; and vnto God the things that are Gods.</hi> This is not to forbid tribute to Ceſar; they could proue noe ſuch thinge out of theeſe words. <hi>Pilate</hi> h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>mſelfe that heard all they could ſuggeſt cleares him hereof, while after examination, he ſaith, <hi>I finde noe fault in this man.</hi> They therefore knowing they could not p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oue it di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectly, goe about in th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s theire accuſation to proue it indirectly, and by conſequence, ſaying, <hi>Wee found this fellow peruerting the nation, and forbidding to giue tribute to Ceſar, ſaying, that he himſelfe is Chriſt a King;</hi> as if they ſaide, in this that he ſaith <hi>himſelfe is Christ a King,</hi> in this he forbiddeth to giue tribute to Ceſar: for if he be Chriſt a <hi>King,</hi> then he is King of the Iewes; and tribute from Iewes only begongeth to him. For they conceited that theire Meſſiah to come ſhould be a temporall King, or if ſpiri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuall, yet withall temporall &amp; as externallie glorious, as <hi>Dauid,</hi> or <hi>Salomon,</hi> if not more magnificent; not himſelfe ſubiect or tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>butarie to any on earth, nor yet ſuffering them to be ſubiect or tributarie to any, but himſelfe; one f<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eeing them from ſubiection to all other Princes, and rather making all Kings his tributaries: and therefore they infer that to make himſelfe this <hi>Chriſt,</hi> this King is to forbid <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ribu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>et<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſar,</hi> and to pervert the nation; as they ſay ſoone after, <hi>whoſoeuer maketh himſelfe a King ſpeaketh againſt C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>r</hi> And it ſeemes Pilate did ſoe vnderſtand theire mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> fo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> therevpon he aſketh, <hi>Art thou the King of the Iewes?</hi> All the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> that they haue to accuſe him of, whether iuſtly or vniuſtli is that he makes him ſelfe the Chriſt, for though they ſought <hi>fal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſe witneſſe againſt him,</hi> and <hi>many falſe witneſſes came,</hi> yet <hi>theire witneſſe agreed not.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Marc. 14.58.</note> At <hi>laſt came two which ſaide, wee heard him ſay, I will deſtroy this Temple made with hands, and in three dayes I will make another without hands. But neither did theire wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>neſſe agree together.</hi> How could it?
<note place="margin">Ioh. 2.19.</note> For he ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ake not any ſuch words, as <hi>with hands,</hi> or <hi>without hands:</hi> but only <hi>deſtroy this Temple, and in three dayes I will raiſe it vp.</hi> Some of them vnderſtand, or at leaſt w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ll needes ſeeme to vnderſtand this of the Temple of Stone; <hi>But he ſpake of the Temple of his body.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 27.63.</note> And it ſeemes the cheife Preiſts and Phariſes did ſo vnderſta<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>d him, though ſomtime diſſemblingly they ſeeme to take it otherwiſe: For after his death, they come to <hi>Pilate, ſaying Sir wee remember that that deceiuer ſaide while he was yet aliue, After three dayes I will riſe againe; commaund therefore that the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchre be made ſure.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="5" facs="tcp:2471:10"/>
               <p>This then is all that they haue to ſay againſt him,
<note place="margin">Chriſts Confeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion to the high Preiſt.</note> that he made him ſelfe the Chriſt: therefore after the high Preiſt, his enemie, had willinglie heard all that his moſt malicious aduerſaries could lay to his charge, and could finde nothing proued, ſoe ill theire witneſſe agreed;
<note place="margin">Mat 16.63.</note> to get this confeſſion out of his owne mouth he ſaide vnto him, <hi>I adiure thee by the liueing God that thou tell vs, whether thou be the Chriſt the Sonne of God.</hi> Ieſus, knowing theire vnbeleife and malice, was not forward to anſwer directly,
<note place="margin">Luk 22.67.69 70.</note> but ſaide firſt, <hi>If I tell you ye will not beleeue. Hereafter ſhall the Sonne of Man ſit on the right hand of the power of God.
<note place="margin">Mat 26.63. Mar 14.62.</note> Then ſaide they all art thou the Sonne of God? And he ſaide vnto them, ye ſay that I am.</hi> And to the High Prieſt, <hi>thou haſt ſaide. I am. Then the high Preiſt rent his clothes, and ſaith, What neede wee any further witneſſes?
<note place="margin">Luk. 22.71.</note> ye haue heard his blasphemie.</hi> Therefore after buffetings and many contu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>melies heaped on him, they led him away to Pilate, with this accuſation, and noe other; thence inferring, as I ſaide,
<note place="margin">Luk. 23.2.</note> that ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king himſelfe the <hi>Chriſt,</hi> he peruerted the nation, and forbad tribute to Ceſar. And therefore when Pilate had examined him and ſaide. <hi>I finde noe fault in this man: they were the more feirce,
<note place="margin">Verſ. 3.4.</note> ſaying, he ſtirreth vp the people, teaching thorowout all Iury, beginning from Galilee to this place</hi> As if they ſaide, he ſtirreth vp the pec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e by his teaching; viz. to beleeue that he is the Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſt a Kinge of the Iewes. This then is all theire accuſation they ſtick to, and this or the like all their proofe:
<note place="margin">Ioh. 19 6.7.</note> therefore when Pilate haueing heard the accuſers, and the accuſed, ſaide againe, <hi>I finde noe fault in him. The Iewes anſwered, wee haue a law, and by our law he ought to die, becauſe he made himſelfe the Sonne of God.</hi> As if they ſaide and conſequently our King: where by the way the high Preiſt and they confes in effect, that the Meſſiah ſhould be the Sonne of G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d: yet for this only thing muſt he ſuffer, as appeareth alſo by this that when Pilate to iuſtefie himſelfe would write on his Croſſe his accuſation, this was all they, or he could proue,
<note place="margin">Mat. 27.37. M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>r. 15.26. Ioh. 19.19. Verſ <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>21.</note> or find to write <hi>ouer his head. Ieſus of Nazereth King of the Iewes.</hi> Therfore when the cheife Preiſts <hi>ſaw it,</hi> they ſaide <hi>to Pilate, write not, the King of the Iewes: but that he ſaide, I am King of the Iewes.</hi> and that (as ye ſaw) was by confeſſing to th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> high Preiſt, that himſelfe was the Chriſt the Sonne of God.
<note place="margin">The end<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>ts prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>d <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note>
               </p>
               <p>True it is, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>hat this was a main end of his teaching &amp; mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>acles to make me<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> beleeue in him, &amp; <hi>ob<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> tru<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h of God</hi> yea tru<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> it is that
<pb n="6" facs="tcp:2471:11"/>when before this,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 10.24.25.</note> the Iewes vrged him to it, ſaying, <hi>How longe doeſt thou make vs to doubt? If thou be the Christ tel vs plainely. Ieſus anſwered them, I told you and ye beleeue me not: the workes that I doe in my Fathers Name, they beare witneſſe of me.</hi> And moſt true it is, that the greate workes which he did in his Fathers Name, and which indeed could not be donne, but in Gods Name as the giueing vnto blinde men theire ſight, to lame men the vſe of theire limbes, to deafe men hearing, clenſing the lepers, raiſing vp the dead, and working by his doctrine regeneration, faith and obedience in men dead in ſinnes &amp; treſpaſſes, were all infallible witneſſes, that he was of God, that God was with him, that he was true, truly ſent of God, and conſequently the true Meſſiah, as he told them;
<note place="margin">Verſ. 30.33 34.35.</note> and that he did not blaſpheme when he added, <hi>I and my Father are one.</hi> For when they <hi>anſwered him; for a good worke wee ſtone thee not, but for blaſphemie, and that thou beeing a man makeſt thy ſelfe God:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Pſal. 82.6.</note> Ieſus p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oued it, while he anſwered them, <hi>It is written in your Law, I ſaide ye are Gods: If he called them Gods vnto whome the Word of God came, and the Scripture can not be bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken: Say ye of him whome the Father hath ſanctified, and ſent into the world, Thou blaſphemeſt becauſe I ſaide I am the Sonne of</hi> God? which argument, S. Auguſtin purpoſely expounding the place, doth ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry well vnderſtand,
<note place="margin">Auguſtinus in Ioan. Tract. 48.</note> and reinforce, ſaying, <hi>If the word of God came to men that they might be called Gods, wherefore is not the ſame word of God</hi> GOD <hi>which is with God? If by the word of God men are made Gods, if they be made Gods by pertaking of the word, is not that where of they pertake, God? If they that are heated by the fire, are made to be in ſome ſort greeted Gods, how is not that God whereby they are made hot? If lights illuminated be Gods, is not that light which doth illuminate them God? thou commeſt to the light and art illuminated, and art reckened among the Sonnes of God, &amp;c. If therefore the word of God make you Gods, how is not the word of God GOD?</hi> And indeed ſuch muſt nee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>des be the meaning of our Lord, that the ſame <hi>word</hi> of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther was incarnate, and ſent into the world, becauſe his Diſciple &amp; Euangcliſt S.
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.</note> Iohn affirmeth him to be <hi>the word,</hi> yea <hi>the word,</hi> by which <hi>all things were made,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 19.13.</note> and ſaith plainly, <hi>His Name is called the word of God.</hi> Reu. 19.13. and that indeed, becauſe when he him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelfe was aſked by ſome Iewes,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 8.25.</note> 
                  <hi>what art thou?</hi> he anſwered, <hi>From the beginning that</hi> (viz. that word of God) <hi>which I ſpeake vnto you:</hi>
                  <pb n="7" facs="tcp:2471:11"/>therein, as alſo in diuers other places, affirming and proueing himſelfe to be from eternitie the very <hi>wiſdom</hi> and <hi>word of God,</hi> which he ſpeake and declared vnto them, and the ſame to be the Sonne of God, and the promiſed Meſſiah: which point, though it be proued more at large by Scriptures and Fathers in another
<note n="*" place="margin">Character of a Chriſtian pag 25. to pag. 88.</note> treatiſe, yet may it not be wholly omitted here, becauſe, ye ſee, it is the only thinge for which he is accuſed before Pilate, deliue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red to death and euer ſince rejected by the Iewes; and it is a ſha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>me for Chriſtians to be ignorant in that principle, which diſtin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiſheth th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m from Iewes, and wherein Iewes are to be conuin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>d.</p>
               <p>The things then that wee haue to proue, at leaſt breifely before wee come to the other part of his confeſſion, are 1. That the pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſed <hi>Meſſiah</hi> was to be the <hi>word of God,</hi> and that way the King and Gonvernour of his people, viz ſpiritually. 2. That Ieſus Chriſt was this <hi>word incarnate,</hi> the true Meſſiah. Whence theeſe things will follow which are in his confeſſion, that he is King of the Iewes, and indeed of the Gentiles alſo; that he had and hath a Kingdom; that <hi>his Kingdom is not of this world &amp;c.</hi> as he confeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeth before Pilate.</p>
               <p>For the firſt: It is ſaid in the ſecond Pſalme,
<note place="margin">Chriſt was to be the Sonne, the Word. Pſal. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>I will declare of the Decree</hi> (Law or Word) <hi>the Lord ſaide vnto me, thou art my Sonne.</hi> Wherein it is ſpoken of the Decree or <hi>Word,</hi> thou art <hi>my Sonne.</hi> And ſo indeed <hi>el</hi> in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> is taken for of, Gen. 20.2. <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham ſaide of Sarah his wife, ſhe is my Sister.</hi> And twiſe in another Chapter Iob 42.7.8. alſo 2. King. 19.32. Others reade it more plainely, thus, <hi>I will preach the Law</hi> (Decree or Word) <hi>whereof the Lord hath ſaide vnto me thou art my Sonne.</hi> That is, <hi>of</hi> which Law, Decree or Word, the <hi>Lord hath ſaide vnto me thou art my Sonne.</hi> And thus it is read in the tranſlation appointed to be read in the Churches of England. And indeed the very name <hi>Sonne</hi> is ſo <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>endred by ſome verſ. 12. for that which is ſaide there, <hi>Kiſſe the Sonne,</hi> the Septuagint reades <hi>receiue inſtruction,</hi> and the Chalde, <hi>receiue doctrine;</hi> as if they both ſaide, receiue and embrace the <hi>word of God,</hi> which is the Sonne of God. Alſo Pſal. 7. where it is ſaide, <hi>Iehovah ſhall iudge the people,</hi> the Chalde readeth,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 7.9.</note> 
                  <hi>the word of the Lord ſhall iudge the people.</hi> And indeed the Prophets Iſaiah,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 2.3.4. Mich. 4.2.3.</note> and Micah doe plainly affirme as much, ſaying, <hi>The Law ſhall goe
<pb n="8" facs="tcp:2471:12"/>foorth of Zion, and the word of the Lord out of Ieruſalem. And he ſhall iudge amonge the nations.</hi> He, that is, he the word, who indeede is <hi>the Arme of the Lord, he ſhal iudge.</hi> According to which our Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uiour ſaith,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 5.22.</note> firſt, <hi>The Father iudgeth noe man, but he<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h committed all iugment to the Sonne</hi> (the Father only <hi>iudgeth by Chriſt</hi> Rom. 2 16.) and then ſheweth who the Son<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e is,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 12.48.</note> ſaying, <hi>He that reicteth me, and receiueth not my words hath one that iudgeth him, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the word which I haue ſpoken, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, He ſhall iudge him in the laſt d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y.</hi> Amonge which words, there is an emphaſis, and a verrie g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eate proofe in the pronoune relatiue <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which pointing out a ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rie perſon, and namely the perſon ſpoken of before, proueth the word which he ſpake to be a perſon, yea to be that perſon ſpoken of before,
<note place="margin">Auguſt in Ioh. Tract. 54.</note> the one that ſhould iudge. Saint Auguſtine on theeſe words comparing the places together ſhewes they muſt needes be vnderſtood thus; and therefore concludes, <hi>he hath ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>oken h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelfe, he hath ſhewen himſelfe, &amp;c.
<note n="*" place="margin">Idem Tract. 41.</note> And he is the word of the Father which he ſpake to men.</hi> Wherein therefore Chriſt ſhewes that <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rie word, which he ſpak to be the Sonne, and that verrie wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d where of the Prophets propheſied, <hi>The law ſhall goe forth of Zion, and the word of the Lord out of Ieruſalem. And he</hi> (viz. the ſame word) <hi>ſhall iudge amonge the nations;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 10 42.</note> whereof Peter ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>th, <hi>It is he which was ordained of God to be the iudge of q<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ick &amp; dead</hi> and where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of the Father himſelfe ſaith, <hi>I haue ſet my Kinge vpon my hol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hil of Zion:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Pſal. 2.6.</note> euen the word to whome in the next words he ſaith, <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hou art my</hi> Sonne,
<note place="margin">Iſa. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>1.4.5.</note> of whome alſo he ſaith, <hi>A law ſhall proceede from me, and I will make my iudgment to reſt for a light of the people. My righteouſnes is neere: my ſaluation is gone forth, and mine</hi> Armes <hi>ſhall iudge the people: the Iles ſhall waite vpon me, and on mine</hi> Arme <hi>ſhall they trust.</hi> That is on my word, on the Sonne, as Pſal. 2. <hi>Bleſſed are all they that truſt in him.</hi> Therefore the Prophet ſpeak<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> and praies to this perſon, euen vnto the word of the Lord, when he ſaith in the ſame Chapter,
<note place="margin">V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rſ. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Awake, awake, put on ſtr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ng O Arme of the Lord, awake as in the ancient dayes in the generations of old. Art not thou he that hath cut Rahab and wounded the Dragon? Art not thou he which hath dried the Sea &amp;c.</hi> to ſhew vs, that as God made all things, ſoe did all his great wonders by this perſon the Word, which brought lice and locuſts on the Egyptians, Pſal. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>05.31.34. Which alſo was he that went before them into Canaan
<pb n="9" facs="tcp:2471:12"/>Exod. 23.20.21. chap. 33.2. as <hi>Captaine of the Lords host.</hi> Ioſhuę 5.14. This Arme is <hi>the glorie of the Lord,</hi> which taking fleſh ſhould be reuealed. Iſa. 40.5. and after p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t to death according to the fleſh, as the Prophet ſaith, <hi>Who h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>h beleeued our report,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 53.1.2 3.</note> and to whome hath the Arme of the Lord beene reuealed?</hi> that is beeing incarnate: for ſaith Iſaiah, <hi>He ſhall grow vp befort him as a tender plant, &amp;c.</hi> that is, he <hi>the Arme</hi> ſhall,
<note place="margin">Cyprian<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. Iudaeos. li<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 2. cap 1.</note> the ſame perſon as he<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>a<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ll g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ow though he be wounded and ſuffer for vs, as it f<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>llowe h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> there: We<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>l ther<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore doth Saint Cyprian vnderſtand, that Chriſt the Son<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e <hi>is the Arme</hi> mencioned here, and alſo chap. 52.
<note place="margin">Iſa. 52.1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>The Lord hath made bare his holy Arme</hi> (viz his holy word:) <hi>in the eyes of all nations and all the ends of the Earth ſhall ſee the ſaluation of our God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And indeed Saint Iohn ſeemeth to vnde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iſt to be this Arme while he ſaith of the vnbeleeuing Iewes <hi>They beleeu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d not on him, that the ſaying of Eſaias might be fulfilled, wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ch h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> ſpake,
<note place="margin">I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>. 12.3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 38.</note> Lord who hath beleeued ou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> report, and to whome hath th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Arme of Lord beene reuealed?</hi> For ſaith Saint Auguſtin on this place,
<note place="margin">Auguſt in Ioan. T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t. 53.</note> 
                  <hi>The So<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ne is the Arme, becauſe all th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>re made by him: l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ke as that is called thy Arme by which thou workeſt; ſoe the Arme of God is h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s word beca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſe by the word he made the world.</hi> And indeed the Word is the Arme,
<note place="margin">1. Cor. 1.24.</note> the power and wiſdom whereby God ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e the World and doth all things: and ſoe as the Apoſtle ſaith, <hi>Chriſt is the power of God and the wiſdom of God.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſa. 40 10. Ioh. 12 48.49.</note> And ſoe Iſaiah ſaith of the Father, <hi>The Lord God will come with ſtronge hand, and his Arme ſhall rule for him</hi> That is, his word ſhall rule fo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> him. Therefore Chriſt who is the Word ſaith, <hi>The word that I haue ſpoken, he ſhall iudge:</hi> for I haue<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> or ſpoken of my ſelfe, &amp;c. therefo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e as in the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing words he proues the word he ſpake to be the Fathers, and the ſame to be
<note n="*" place="margin">Si ergo vita aeterna eſt ipſe Filius, &amp; vita aeterna eſt man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>datum Panis: quid alind dictu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> eſt, quam ego ſum mandatum Patris<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> Aug. in Ioan Tract. 54.</note> 
                  <hi>Eternall life;</hi> ſo alſo in foregoeing verſes he that is the Word ſa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>th there, verſ 44. <hi>He that beleeueth on me, beleeueth not on me, but on him that ſent me:</hi> that is, whoſe Word I am (as Auguſtine excellently vnderſtandeth the like
<note n="*" place="margin">Quid eſt, audit verbum meum, niſi audit me credit autem ei qui miſit me, quia cum illi credit, verbo e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>us credit: cu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> aute<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> verbo e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>us credit, mihi cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit: quia verbu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Patris ego ſum. Aug. in Io<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. 19</note> words Ioh. 5.24.) for wee beleeue him whoſe word wee beleeue; and wee vnde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand and ſee him whoſe word wee vnderſtand; h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t declares him: therefore Chriſt addeth verſ. 45.46. <hi>And he that ſeeth me, ſeeth him that ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nt me. I am come a light into the world, that who<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſoeuer beleeueth on me ſhould not abide in darkeneſſe,</hi> as Iohn ſaith of the word, <hi>That was the true light, which lighteth euery man that
<pb n="10" facs="tcp:2471:13"/>commeth into the world.</hi> And ſo indeed wee may heare God ſaying to the Meſſiah,
<note place="margin">Iſa 42.6 7.17.</note> 
                  <hi>I will giue thee for a couenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles: to open the blinde eyes, to bringe out the priſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s from the pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſon, and him that ſitteth in darkneſſe out of the pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſon howſe.</hi> Where ye may ſee that both here &amp; alſo Iſa 49.8.9. it is expreſly ſh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>wed, that he is the Covenant, viz. the Word, and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>herein the Light that reueales the Father touching the Saluation of ſinners; and that the end of his comming ſhould be to en<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ighten thoſe nations and people, Iewes and Gentiles, which lay bound and overwhelmed in the priſon of ſinne and ignorance; as it fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loweth there, <hi>I will br<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nge the blinde by a way that they haue not knowne, I will make darkeneſſe light before them, and crooked things ſtraight.</hi> And chap. 25.7.8. <hi>He will deſtroy in th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> mountaine the face of the couering caſt ouer all people, and the vaile that is ſpread <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uer all nations.</hi> To the like effect chap. 29.8.24 chap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap>. chap. 11.9. All this ſhould be, as he ſaith, chap. 40 5.10. <hi>When the glorie</hi> (viz. the Word) <hi>of the Lord ſhould be reuealed,</hi> and all fleſh ſhould ſee it together: when <hi>his Arme ſhould rule for him,</hi> and be made <hi>bare,</hi> chap. 52.10. for therefore is the Fa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>her called <hi>the Father of glorie,</hi> Epheſ. 1.17. and Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iſt is ſaide to be raiſed from <hi>the dead by the glorie of the Father.</hi> Rom. 6. that is by the almightie Word of the Father, which is the Sonne, and the Fathers glorie, as our Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d or tounge is ca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d our glorie, becauſe it
<note n="*" place="margin">Speculu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> enim mentis plerun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que in verbis refulget. Ber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nard. de ordine vitae. Pſal. 66.7.</note> expreſſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>th and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leth vs (and ſomtimes ruleth for vs) Pſal. 16 9. howſoeuer Gods Word ruleth for him: for as he made all things by hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Word, which is his power, ſo ſaith the Pſalmiſt, <hi>He rule<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h by his power for euer.</hi> that is by his Word, which is the power of God Now if he rule by his power for euer, then the Meſſiah, who ſhould rule for euer for him, muſt needes be his power: but he doth rule by his power for euer; therefore the Meſſiah ſhould be his power.</p>
               <p>And that the Meſſiah ſhould be the word of God the auncient Iewe,
<note place="margin">The auncient Iewes proue him to be the Word. Iſa. 45.17. Hoſ. 1.7.</note> proue out of Iſaiah, where it is ſaide, <hi>Iſrael ſhall be ſaued by the Lord with a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> euerlasting ſaluation</hi> And alſo our of Hoſea: <hi>I will ſaue them by the Lord th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>re God.</hi> Both which ſayings <hi>Ionathas tranſlateth by the word of the Lord the<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e God.</hi> And it is not to be doubted, but that by the ſaide word, they meant the Meſſiah. For in pſa. 110. which as themſelues affirme conteineth the my<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſteries of the Meſſiah,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 110.</note> where it is ſaide, <hi>The Lord ſaide vnto my
<pb n="11" facs="tcp:2471:13"/>Lord &amp;c.</hi> Ionathas readeth, <hi>The Lord ſaide vnto his wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rd ſit thou on my right hand, til &amp;c.</hi> And ſoe indeede howſoeuer the words be, <hi>The Lord ſaide vnto my Lord, ſit thou &amp;c.</hi> to ſhew that this perſon though he be Dauids S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nne i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Dauids Lord, yet ſeeing it followes there, <hi>Rule th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>u in the midſt of thine-enemies,</hi> it muſt needes be meant of the word of the Lord, becauſe it is ſaide, <hi>His Arme ſhall rule for him,</hi> that is his word;
<note place="margin">Iſa 40.10. chap. 2.3.4. chap 51.5.</note> which he ſaith <hi>ſhall iudge amonge the nations;</hi> and whereof he ſaith, <hi>mine Armes <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hall iudge the people, and on mine Arme ſhall they truſt:</hi> the word b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eing the Sonne, and the Kinge mencioned Pſa. 2. as was ſhewed be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore. And Rabbi Iſaack Arama vpon Geneſis 47. expounding this text of Pſa. 14<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. <hi>He ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ndeth out h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s word,</hi> ſaith expreſly, <hi>that this Word is the Meſſiah, who ſhould be Gods word.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iob 19.26.</note> So likewiſe that of Iob, <hi>I ſhall ſee God in my fleſh, &amp;c.</hi> Rabbi S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>me<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n vp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n Geneſis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:punc">▪</g> gathereth therevpon <hi>that the Word of God ſhall <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>k fl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſh in a womans wombe.</hi> Philo that lea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ned Iew ſhall ende th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> point, touching the nature and perſon of the Meſſiah, as himſelfe writeth in h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s booke, <hi>De Exulibus: By trad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>on wee haue<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> (ſa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>he) <hi>that wee muſt expect the death of a high Pre<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſt, who ſhall be the ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Word of G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d, voide of all <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nne, as well willing as vnwi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ing, whoſe Father ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ould be God, and this Word ſhall be the Fathers w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>em by which all things <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n this world were created.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now that Chriſt Ieſus was this Word incarnate,
<note place="margin">That Ieſus was the word.</note> the true Meſſiah, wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ch (as Iohn ſaith) reuealeth the Father our Sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>our himſelfe further proueth, while when he had ſhewed himſel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e to be the Word, and therein the Sonne of God, as aboue ſaide, to thoſe Iewes that counted this blaſphemie, he added,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 10.36.37.38.</note> 
                  <hi>If I d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e not the workes of my Father, beleeue me not. But if I doe, though ye beleeue not me, beleeue the workes that ye may know and beleeue that the Father is in me, and I in him.</hi> As if he ſaide, the works proue it. The<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>efore in another place he ſaith, <hi>I haue a greater wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>neſſe then that of Iohn:
<note place="margin">Ioh. 5.3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> for the works which the Father hath giuen me to fin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſh, the ſame works that I doe, beare witneſſe of me that the Father hath ſent me; and &amp;c.</hi> Now therefore let vs take a ſhort view of ſome few of thoſe works or witneſſes, to ſee how they proue it; and ſo proceede to the reſt of the confeſſion before Pilate.
<note place="margin">Luk. 11.13.</note> When he had <hi>cast out a Deuil out of one that was dumbe: ſome of them ſaide, he caſteth out Deuils through Beelzebub the cheife of the Deuils:</hi> to which he
<pb n="12" facs="tcp:2471:14"/>anſwered, <hi>But if I with the finger of God caſt out Deuils, noe doub. but the Kingdom of God is come vpon you:</hi> that is no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> doubt but the <hi>Word</hi> is now incarnate, which ſhould come and <hi>rule</hi> for God: for the <hi>Word</hi> is the finger, <hi>Arms</hi> or <hi>power,</hi> by which he made and g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>erned all things:
<note place="margin">Pſa. 66. Luk. 4.33.</note> 
                  <hi>He rule<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h by his power for euer.</hi> The<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>efore the Meſſiah who was to be<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s Power, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s come and worketh by <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t, becauſe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> by that power caſt out Deuils. Therefore <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n the S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gouge the Deuil <hi>in one poſeſſed cri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d out, what haue wee to doe wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h thee thou Ieſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s of Nazareth? <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rt thou c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>me to deſtroy vs? I know thee who thou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rt the holy one of God And Ieſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s reb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ked him ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ying, Ho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d thy peace, and come out of him. And when the Deuil h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d hrowen him in the midſt, he came out of him: And they were all amazed and ſpake amonge themſelues ſaying,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> What a Word is th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>?</hi> Our Euangel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſt will anſwer: <hi>All things were m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>de by him. In him was life, and the life was the light of men.</hi> The life of the Word was here manifeſted in the ſight of many, while ſo greate a miracle was donne there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by, and the li<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e was the light of men to thei<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e convertion wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>le in amazement they ſay, <hi>What a Word is this? for with authority and power he commaundeth <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>he vncleane ſpirits and th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y come out.</hi> The Euang liſt will anſwer againe <hi>The w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rd was made fleſh, and wee be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hold his glorie, the glorie as of the only bego t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n of the Father, full of gr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ce and truth.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">verſ. 32.</note> And ſo when he <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>au<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ht, <hi>Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y were aſton<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>d at his d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ctrine, for his word was with power.</hi> There was life therein, acco<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ſt ſai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e <hi>The words th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> I ſpeake they are Spiri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, and they are life;</hi> yea <hi>eternall life,</hi> Ioh 12 5<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. as Peter ſai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>h, <hi>Thou haſt the words of et<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rn <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ll life, and wee beleeue</hi> (viz. and therefore wee b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>le<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ue) and are ſure <hi>th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the Christ the Sonne of the liueing God.</hi> S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>nt Mathew ſaith,
<note place="margin">Mat. 8.17.</note> 
                  <hi>Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y brought to him many that were poſeſſed with Deuils, and he caſt out the Spirits wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h his Word, and healed all that were ſieck,</hi> wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>h his Word; that is, with the power by which God the Father worketh.
<note place="margin">Io<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>.5.</note> At the poole of Betheſda there was a Man that had <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>en lame <hi>eight and thir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ie yeares. Ieſus ſai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h vnto him, Riſe, take vp thy Bed and walke. And immediately the man was made whole and walked.</hi> This could be donne by noe other then the <hi>Word of God,</hi> whereof the Pſalmiſt ſaith, when theire Fathers were in like diſtreſſe,
<note place="margin">pſa. 107 20.</note> 
                  <hi>He ſent his Word and healed them.</hi> Vpon this myracle there was greate diſpute betweene our Sauiour and the
<pb n="13" facs="tcp:2471:14"/>Iewes,
<note place="margin">Aug. in Ioan. Tract 19.20.21. &amp;c.</note> where<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n he proued himſelfe to be the Word of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, as <hi>Saint Avguſtin</hi> ſh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>weth on that Goſpel. See alſo the <hi>Character of a Christian.</hi> pag 63. &amp;c. Ieſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s with <hi>clay made of ſpi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>te healed a man that was b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rne blinde:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ioh. 9.6. Ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> Which man beeing brought befo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e the Phari<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es reaſoned thu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>Wee know that God heareth not ſinners: but if a man be a worſhipper of God and doe his will, him he heareth. Since the world began was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of the blinde. If this man were not of God, he could doe nothing.</hi> This vnlearned man could not giue ſuch diuine proofes, but by Gods Spirit, that thus makes the Phariſes his aduerſaries more inexcuſable. Lazarus had lien fower dayes in the graue. And when Ieſus was come with Martha, Marie and diuers Iewes to the place where they had layed him, at laſt,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 11.30.</note> 
                  <hi>He cried with a loude voice, Lazarus come forth: And he that was dead came forth.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Verſ. 43.</note> What Word could d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>e this, or any worke ſo greate, but the mightie Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d of God, which made the World? If then Ie<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>us did it by his Word it is plaine that in him the Word was made fleſh, and they <hi>ſaw the gl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rie thereof</hi> in this myracle, <hi>the glorie as of the only begotten of God.</hi> But that he did it, is manifeſt: for ſome of the Iewes that ſaw it, <hi>went theire wayes to the Phariſes,</hi> and told them:
<note place="margin">V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rſ. 46.47.</note> therevpon <hi>the Cheife Preiſts gathered a counſell, and ſaide, What doe wee? for this man doth many miracles If wee let him thus alone,
<note place="margin">Verſ. 53.</note> all men <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ill beleeue on him, And the Romans ſhall come and take away both our place and Nations. From that day they tooke counſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ll to put him to death;</hi> and did it. But this polecie brought on them the iudgement, it went ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ute to preuent: and ſo muſt all ſuch po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lecies needes doe, which for worldl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e reſpects any way hinder Gods Kingdom. Now then ſeeing Ieſus did ſo greate workes by his Word, it is plaine that he was the Word, and that Word the Sonne that ſhould come in the fleſh, and be the M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſiah.</p>
               <p>Which thinge the Father himſelfe openly witneſſed by voices from Heaven: firſt at his Baptiſme <hi>when he came out of the water:
<note place="margin">Mat. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>3.16.</note> and loe a voice from Heauen ſaying,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.33.</note> This is my beloued Sonne in whom I am well pleaſed.</hi> Iohn Baptiſt heard this, and th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n <hi>ſaw the Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit of God deſcending on him like a doue:</hi> and therefore <hi>bare record that this is the Sonne of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="12" facs="tcp:2471:15"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="13" facs="tcp:2471:15"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="14" facs="tcp:2471:16"/>
               <p>Now noe man could except againſt Iohns teſtimonie, he was ſo generally beleeued to be holy, iuſt and a Prophe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Aga<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ne when Ieſus praied <hi>Father glori<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ie thy Name;
<note place="margin">Ioh. 12.28.</note> Then came here a voice from heauen ſaying, I ha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e glorifie bit, and will glorifie it again<g ref="char:punc">▪</g>
                  </hi> He had glorified the word (which is alſo the Fathers Name, becauſe it is his word) when ſo greate myracles were denne by it, and ſo many conue<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ted thereby: and ſo it was glorified againe after his death by the mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iſtrie of his Apoſtles and others to the healing of many, and the conuerſion of millions of people. Laſtly at his tranſfiguration on the mount:
<note place="margin">Mat. 17.5.</note> 
                  <hi>behold<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> a voice out of the cloude, which ſaide, This is my beloued Sonne in whome I <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m well plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed: heare ye him.</hi> As if he ſaide, for he is the promiſed wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d.</p>
               <p>To his Apoſtles which heard him &amp; were witneſſes of his re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſurrection, he gaue commiſſio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to preach <hi>to all nations,</hi> and ſo his myracles,
<note place="margin">Heb. 2.3.4.</note> life, doctrine, and reſurrection were <hi>confirmed to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s by them that heard him:</hi> who alſo ſealed the Truth of all with theire bloods, <hi>God alſo bearing them witnes, both with ſignes and wonders, and with diuers myracles and gifts of the holy Ghoſt.</hi> As the hea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ing of a <hi>man lame from his mothers wombe,</hi> and many others manifeſted to his and thei<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e aduerſaries. All which proued that Ieſus was (as he taught) the word, and that word the Sonne, the Meſſiah which was to come, and that he did not blaſpheme when he c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſt as much to the high Prieſt.
<note place="margin">Mat. 26.69.</note> For this yet doe they p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eſently <hi>ſpit in his f<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ce, buffet h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m,</hi> ſmite, reuile him and leade him a <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ay to Pilate, to be for this only thinge put to death, this beeing all they could proue or he finde, and that, not that he made himſelfe a temporall Kinge, but ſpiritual; for when he v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ged him with theeſe words, <hi>Art thou the King of the Iewes? what haſt thou donne? Ieſus anſwered, my Kingdom is not of this world: if my Kingdom were of this world, &amp;c.</hi> and when Pilate (gathering by theeſe words that he confeſt himſelfe to be a King) <hi>therefore ſaide vnto him, Art thou a Kinge then? Ieſus anſwered, thou ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>iest that I am a Kinge.</hi> As if he ſaide, and I muſt not denie it, for <hi>to this ende was I borne, and for this cauſe came I into the world, that I ſhould beare witneſſe vnto the truth: euery one that is of the truth heareth my voice.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This then beeing his plaine anſwer concerning his Kingdom, and the true ſubjects thereof, wee may conſider in this confeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion theeſe things. 1. A Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> acknowledged, in theeſe words,
<pb n="15" facs="tcp:2471:16"/>
                  <hi>my Kingdom:</hi> which are thrice repeated in the former of theeſe verſes. 2. That this Kingdom is not of this world, as he ſaith, <hi>my Kingd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> is not of this world.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. A proofe or reaſon thereof in theeſe words, <hi>for if my Kingdom were of this world, then would my ſubiects fight that I ſhould not be deli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ered to the Iewes.</hi> 4 A concluſion fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing from the premiſes, in theeſe words, <hi>but now is my Kingdom not from hence.</hi> In the firſt there is the Kingdom of the Meſſiah, and that claimed by out Sauiour who here calleth it his, as he ſaith my Kingdom. Firſt then wee will endeauour to finde out of the old Teſtament, what the Kingdom of the Meſſiah was to be, whether ſpirituall or temporall, and where the ſeate thereof ſhould be. And ſecondly whether this Kingdom properly be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longe to Ieſus the Sonne of Marie, who claimes it while he con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſeth himſelfe to be the Chriſt and ſaith my Kingdom.</p>
               <p>Where firſt ye know it is already manifeſted,
<note place="margin">The Kingdom of the Meſſiah.</note> that the M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſſiah was to be the Word, and that therefore his Kingdom and go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uernment muſt needes be ſpirituall (ruling mens ſoules for God his Fathe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>) as was proued from tho ſecond Pſalme; where in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed the Father alſo calleth him his Kinge, that is one ruling for him, ſaying, <hi>I haue ſet my Kinge vpon my holy hill of Sion,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">pſa. 2. Iſa. 40.10.</note> where alſo while he ſaith <hi>my holy hill of Sion,</hi> he ſheweth it to be his Kingdom. So of the Father it is ſaide, <hi>His Arme</hi> (that is his word) <hi>ſhall rale for him.</hi> It is his Kingdom: <hi>for the Kingdom is the Lords, and he is the Gouerno or of his people.</hi> Therefore it is added,
<note place="margin">verſ 11.</note> 
                  <hi>He ſhall feede h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s flocke like a Shepheard: he ſhall gather the Lambes with his Arme:</hi> to ſhew that Chriſt ſucceedes Dauid as a Shepheard of the people feeding the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> with the ſpirituall foode of the word;
<note place="margin">Fzech. 34.23. &amp; chap. 37.21.24.</note> and ſo ruleth in his throne ſpiritually. He ſhoul be theire <hi>Shep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heard:</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>zek. 34.23. and Chap. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.22.24. So Dauid ſaith, <hi>The Lord ſaide vnto my Lord ſit thou on my right hand,</hi> (that is, rule thou for me) <hi>vntil I make h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> enemies thy footeſtoole.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">pſa. 110.1.</note> Thereby intima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting that all enem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es of the word ſhall be either ſubiected to the word, or confounded thereby. Therefore it is added,
<note place="margin">verſ. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>The Lord ſhall ſe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>de the R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d of thy ſtrength</hi> (viz. the Word) <hi>out of Zion<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> to this word therefore he there ſpeaketh ſaying, <hi>Rule thou in the mid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dest of thine e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>em<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>es;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſa. 2. Mic. 4.</note> a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>cording to that of the Prophets Iſaiah and Micah. <hi>Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> ſhall g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>efoor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h of Sion, an<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the word of the Lord out of Hier<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>em<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d he ſhall iudge <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>monge the Nations:</hi> He, the word
<pb n="16" facs="tcp:2471:17"/>ſhall, as the Father ſaith, <hi>Mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e Arme</hi> (tha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> is my Word) <hi>ſhal iudge the people.</hi> From which places wee may ſee, that this Kingdom was to begin to be preached in Sion and Ieruſalem, vnto it was the <hi>Kingdom and dominion</hi> firſt <hi>to com<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> Mica. 4.8. and thence to goe Foorth into all the World, ha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ng noe other certaine ſeate, then there whereſoeuer the Word ſhould enlighten and rule the Soules of men:
<note place="margin">Iſa. 42.6.</note> therefore the Lord ſaith to him. <hi>I will giue thee for a couenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles: to vp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n the blinde eyes &amp;c.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſa. 55.3.4.</note> And in another place, <hi>I will make an euerlaſting couenant with you,</hi> euen <hi>the ſu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e Mercies of Dauid, Behold I haue giuen hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> (viz. the Word or couenant) <hi>For a witneſſe to the people, a leader, and a commaunder to the people.</hi> Viz. a ſpirituall leader, therefore he ſaith to him in the following words,
<note place="margin">verſ. 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Beho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d thou ſhalt call a na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion that thou knoweſt not, and nations that knew not thee ſhall runne vnto thee, becauſe of the Lord thy God, and for the holy one of Iſrael, for he hath glorified thee:</hi> this then is the glo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ie that he gi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es the Meſſiah, who is the Word that he ſhould call nations to the knowledge and obedience of the Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d: therefore in this ſenſe God ſaith to the Word in the ſecond Pſalme,
<note place="margin">Pſa 2.8.9.</note> 
                  <hi>Aſk of me and I will giue thee the heathen. For th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ne inheritance;</hi> and <hi>the v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>term<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſt parts of the earth for thy poſeſſion:</hi> the moſt remote nations ſhall come to the knowledge and obedience of thee; or elſe as it is added, <hi>Thou ſhalt b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eake them with a Rod of yron</hi> (that is with thy owne power, as he ſaith elſewhere with <hi>the Rod of thy ſtrength</hi> Pſa 110.) thou ſhalt daſh them in pieces like a potters ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>ll<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> that is, if they goe aboute to h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nder thy Kingdom, will not ſuffer the Word to rule in theire dominions but either hinder the preaching thereof, and ſoe the raigne of the Word, or doe not further it, but ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t vp or ſuffer another Word, new and contrarie doctrines; a thinge en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dangering the bruiſing and ruin of any Kingdom or nation, as it was of the cheife Preiſts and Iewes, and may be of others, as it followeth,
<note place="margin">verſ. 10.11.</note> 
                  <hi>Be wiſe now therefore, ô ye Kings:</hi> (be wiſe in this point) <hi>be inſtructed ye Iudges of the earth:</hi> (be conten<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed to be in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtructed in the Word:) <hi>Serue the Lord wi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>h feare:</hi> (viz in obeying and farthering his Word) <hi>and ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>yce with trembl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ng.</hi> Be glad his Kingdom may come into youres, embrace it, for it will honour and ſtrengten youres, and noe way endanger it, vnles when ye neglect it:
<note place="margin">verſ. 12.</note> therefore he addeth, <hi>K<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſſe the Sonne leſt he be angri
<pb n="17" facs="tcp:2471:17"/>and ye periſh from the way &amp;c.</hi> Where to Kiſſe the Sonne is nothing elſe them to receiue and embrace the Word of God, as ye ſaw proued aboue.</p>
               <p>All this is confirmed vnto vs in the viſion which <hi>Daniel</hi> ſaw, that is to ſay, that the Meſſiah was to be ſuch, and ſuch his King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom for when Daniel had beheld the fower beaſts,
<note place="margin">See willer on Dan. 7.</note> which were fower Kingdoms, the laſt of them, beeing indeede that of the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lucians and P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>olomies, ſignified alſo by the two legs: Dan 2.33.40.44. the Dominion whereof ſhould
<note n="*" place="margin">verſ. 12. verſ 13.14.</note> 
                  <hi>be taken away</hi> aboute the time that Chriſts Kingdom ſhould come, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>he addeth; <hi>I ſaw in the night viſions, and behold one like the Sonne of man came with the clouds of heauen, and came to the Ancient of day<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s, and they brought him be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore him. And there was giuen him Dominion and glorie, and a King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom that all people, and na<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ion; and languages ſhould ſerue him: h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minion is an euerlaſting dominion, which ſhall not paſſe aw<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y, and his Kingdom that which ſhall not be d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſtroied.</hi> Loe this Kingdom of the M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſſiah muſt endure for euer: but then it muſt need<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s beſpiri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuall, and laſt after his death; for it is after ſhewed him, that the Meſſiah ſhould ſoone <hi>be cut off,</hi> euen a litle before the deſtruction of the <hi>citie and ſanctuary:</hi> chap 9.26 and the Prophet Iſaiah ſaith plainely, Iſa. 53. that he ſhould die for our ſinnes,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 53.8.9.</note> that <hi>he was cut off out of the land of the liue<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ng, for the tranſgreſſion of my people was he ſtricken. And he made his graue with the wicked &amp;c.</hi> But though he ſhould ſuffer and die according to the fleſh, yet he ſhould rule ſtill as he is the Word, and more after his death then before, as it followeth: <hi>He ſhall ſee his ſeede,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">verſ. 11.</note> men begotten againe by the Word: <hi>He ſhall ſee the trauaile of his Soule,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">verſ. 12.</note> the fruite of his death and ſufferings: for when he had ſaide, <hi>He ſhall beare thei<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e iniquities,</hi> the Lord addeth, <hi>therefore will I diuide him a pertion with the greate, and he ſhall diuide the Spoile with the ſtronge, becauſe he powred out his Soule vnto death,</hi> he ſhould haue <hi>the heathen to his inheritance, &amp; the vtmoſt part of the earth to his poſeſſio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>.</hi> His Apoſtles and miniſters ſhould conquer Kingdoms, and bringe whole na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions to be ſubiect to the Word.
<note place="margin">D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n. 7.18. verſ. 27.</note> Which thinge is ſoe expounded there vnto Daniel: <hi>But the Saints of the moſt high ſhal take the Kingdom and poſeſſe it for euer:</hi> and againe. <hi>And the Kingdom and dominion, and the greatnes of the Kingdom vnder the whole heauen ſhall be giuen to the people of the Saints of the moſt high, whoſe King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
<pb n="18" facs="tcp:2471:18"/>is an buerlaſting Kingdom, and all dominions ſhall ſerue and obey him.</hi> Loe the greatenes of the Kingdom vnder the whole hea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>en is giuen <hi>to the Saints:</hi> for Chriſt theire Maiſter is out of this World, yet they ſhall ſubiect people to him, <hi>whoſe Kingd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m is euerlaſti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>g;</hi> therefore it is added, all dominion, ſhall <hi>ſerue and obey him:</hi> the Kingdom is giuen to them, yet the ſubiects thereof ſerue hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>; which could not be after his death, vnles he were the Word, and his Kingdom truly ſp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rituall, Gods Kingdom. Which is an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwerable to that Propheſie or promiſe <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>z k. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>4:
<note place="margin">Ezech. 34.23.24.</note> 
                  <hi>I will ſe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> vp one Shepheard ouer them and he ſhall feede them, euen my ſeruant Dauid, he ſhall feede them.</hi> Dauid the type of Chriſt was now dead, therefore this was meant of the Meſſiah, who was to be Dauids Sonne; ſoe it is added, <hi>And he ſhall be theire Shephe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rd.</hi> And I the Lord will <hi>be theire God, and my Seruant Dauid a Prince amonge them.</hi> One
<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 37.22.24.25. &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>King</hi> ſhall be Kinge to them all they ſha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>l haue one <hi>Shep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heard,</hi> who ſhould clenſe them, and make them walke in his <hi>iudgments and obſerue</hi> h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s <hi>S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>atutes;</hi> ſoe his <hi>Tabernacle</hi> ſhould <hi>be with</hi> them <hi>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d</hi> he would <hi>betheire God.</hi> There is but one cheife Shep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heard, the reſt are his miniſte<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s, and they <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ub<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ect people to h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m: they are all gouerned and fed by the Word, as well after his aſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ention as before. Thus the Angel ſaide to Marie: <hi>He ſhall be greate and ſhalbe called the Sonne of the higheſt,
<note place="margin">Luk. 1.32.</note> and the Lord God ſhall giue vnto h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m the throne of his Father Dauid. And he ſhall raigne ouer the howſe of Iacob for <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uer.</hi> For that is, he the Word ſhould raigne for euer as the one and only Spirituall Kinge and Shep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heard. And indeed at laſt when the Iewiſh nation that had re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuſed him, and was therefore ſcattered, ſhould be called and brought back into theire owne Land, Mic. 4.6. then as it is ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded, <hi>The Lord ſhall raigne ouer them in mount Zion from hence forth euen for euer.</hi> Where he that is called <hi>the Word</hi> that ſhould <hi>rule</hi> and <hi>iudge amonge the nations,</hi> verſ. 2.3. is now affirmed to be <hi>the Lord:</hi> to ſhew that he is God and Lord, and indeed that his Kingdom is the Kingdom of God his Father, and that it is ſo meant in thoſe places of Ezechiel aboue mentioned, and in others that ſpeake of the Meſſiah and his Kingdom.</p>
               <p>Now wee haue already ſhewed that Ieſus was the promiſed Meſſiah,
<note place="margin">Ieſus Chriſt preached the ſame Kingdom.</note> and conſequently that he had and hath this Kingdom; but to proue that accordingly he preached the ſame; ye may
<pb n="19" facs="tcp:2471:18"/>finde that when he the Word was come in the fleſh, and now ready to be baptiſed, and ſo to enter vpon his miniſtration and gouernment, by reuealing himſelfe and thereby the Father; his p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ecurſor <hi>Iohn</hi> Baptiſt came <hi>preaching in the Wildernes of Iudea:
<note place="margin">Mat. 3.1. Mark. 1.2. Mal. 3.1.</note> And ſaying, Repent ye for the Kingdom of God is at hand. As it is wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten in the Prophets, Behold I ſende my Meſſenger, and he ſhall prepare the way before me: And the Lord whome ye ſeeke</hi> (viz the Meſſiah) <hi>ſhall ſuddenly come to his Temple.</hi> viz
<note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 18.20.</note> there to teach and rule ſpi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritually, this Temple beeing indeed a figure of the Chu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ch where in he ſhould rule: which came to paſſe not, when Antichr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſt came to ſit in the Temple of God as God whereof in the ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>quel; but when Ieſus Chriſt, who is the Word, came and decla<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed himſelfe in the Temple, and thereby ſignified his owne gouern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment in his Church; which is there where the Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d ruleth: this was accompliſhed ſuddenly after the preaching of his forrunner <hi>Iohn Baptist,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luk. 3.4.</note> who came (ye ſee) <hi>as it is written in the booke of Eſayas the Prophet, ſaying, The voice of him that crieth in the wilderneſſe, pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pare ye the way of the Lord; make ſtraight in the deſart a high way for our God. Euery valley ſhall be exalted,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 40.3 4 5.</note> and euery Mountai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e and hill made low: and the crooked ſhall be made ſtraight, and the rough places plaine:</hi> (the Scriptures ſhould be ſo clearely expounded) <hi>And the glory</hi> (viz the Word) <hi>of the Lord ſhall be reuealed, and all fleſh ſhall ſee it together.</hi> And a litle after,
<note place="margin">verſ. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Say vnto the cities of Iudah behold youre God: Behold the Lord God will come with ſtronge hand: And his Arme</hi> (viz. the Word which is his Sonne) <hi>ſhall rule for him.</hi> For that wee might be ſure that this Kingdom belonged to Ieſus Chriſt, <hi>Iohn preached, I baptize with water,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.</note> but there ſtandeth one amonge you mightier then I, whoſe ſhooes lachet I am not worthy to vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>looſe:</hi> this was Chriſt, who could not haue vnde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſtood by Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures, what manner of King the Meſſiah ſhould be, no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> haue preached and wrought myracles ſo according to the Propheſies of him, if he had beene a deceiuer, and had not b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ene the Chriſt the Sonne of God: but he was approued to be the Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iſt. For when Ieſus was baptized of Iohn in Io<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>dan,
<note place="margin">M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>k. 1.10.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> and came out of the water: Iohn <hi>ſaw the Heauens opened and the Spirit like a doue deſcen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding vpon him. And the<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e came a voice from Heauen, ſaying,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.33.34.</note> Thouart my welbeloued Sonne i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> whome I am well pleaſed.</hi> Which comming to pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>e as God foretold <hi>Iohn,</hi> he ſaith, <hi>I ſaw and bare record th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t
<pb n="20" facs="tcp:2471:19"/>this is the S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nne of God,</hi> and conſequently that his is the promiſed Kingdom of the M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſſiah.</p>
               <p>Which was ſoone manifeſted: for after <hi>Iohn</hi> was put in priſon by Herod,
<note place="margin">Mark. 1.14. Luk. 4.43.</note> 
                  <hi>Ieſus came into Galilee preaching the Gospel of the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of God.</hi> That is, the glad tidings of the Kingdom of God. A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d ſo he ſaith, <hi>I muſt preach the Kingdom of God to other cities alſo.</hi> Therefore he calleth his doctrine the Word of the Kingdom, ſaying,
<note place="margin">Mat. 13.19.</note> 
                  <hi>When any one heareth the Word of the Kingdom, and vnder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtandeth it not.</hi> So he ſaith, <hi>Euery Scribe which is inſtructed vnto the Kingdom of God, is like vnto a man that is an howſeholder, which brin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geth forth out of his treaſure things new &amp; old. New,</hi> that is the tre<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſures of the Goſpel; and <hi>Old,</hi> that is the teſtimonies of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets, which foretold and prefigured this grace that comes to vs:
<note place="margin">Luk. 16 16. Luk 17.20.</note> 
                  <hi>Since that time the Kingdom of God is preached and euery man preſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeth vnto it. And when he was demanded of the Phariſes, when the Kingdom of God ſhould come, he anſwered them &amp; ſaide, The Kingdom of God commeth not with obſeruation: Neither ſhall they ſay, loe here, or loe there: for behold the Kingdom of God is within you.</hi> That is, they ſhall not ſay it is in this nation or in that, in this citie or in that, haueing the ſeate thereof here or there: for the Word is within you,
<note place="margin">Rom. 10.8.</note> 
                  <hi>in your mouth, and in your heart,</hi> illuminating &amp; ruling ſome of your Soules, &amp; therefore the Kingdom of God is within you. And indeed God who by voices from Heauen &amp; by miracles ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oued him, had promiſed &amp; foretold, that ſo it ſhould be: for <hi>Behold the dayes come,
<note place="margin">Ier. 31.31.</note> ſaith the Lord, that I will make a new Co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>enant with the ho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſe of Iſrael, not according to the former, when I brought them out of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gypt, which my co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>enant they brake: but this ſhall be the couenant that I will make with the howſe of Iſrael, I will put my law in theire inward parts, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ndw<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e it in theire hearts: And they ſhall all know me; for I will forgiue theire iniquitie, &amp;c.</hi> and in another place: <hi>I will giue them a new heart<g ref="char:punc">▪</g>
                  </hi> with many the like promiſes. Loe he would write the law in theire hearts, the word ſhould <hi>rule</hi> there, and enlighten them with the
<note n="*" place="margin">Iſa. 54.13. &amp;c. 53.3. &amp;c.</note> promiſed knowledge of God, and his remiſſion and ſaluation in the death and doctrine of Chriſt Iſa. 53. and ſoe his Kingdom ſhould be in theire hearts and ſoules, within them,
<note place="margin">Tit. 2.11.12. Ioh. 8.32. Character of a Chriſt. pag. 329. &amp;c.</note> as Chriſt ſaith; that is, when <hi>the grace of God bringing ſaluation</hi> was preached, and the ſame <hi>taught me<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to denie vngodlineſſe &amp; worldly luſts: The Truth knowne maketh men free,</hi> from ſeruing ſinne: euen as <hi>Ioſeph</hi> was taught by the fauour of his maiſter to denie the vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>godlie
<pb n="21" facs="tcp:2471:19"/>luſt of his miſtris, and eſcape away; for ſoe men <hi>eſcape the p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>llutions of the world through the knowledge of Chriſt;</hi> as did Zacheus:
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.8.10.11.12. to 28.</note> ſoe he ſaith there, <hi>The Sonne of Man is come to ſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eke and ſaue that wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>h is loſt. And as they heard theeſe things, he added and ſpake a pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable, becauſe they thought that the Kingdom of God ſhould immediately appeare. A certaine noble man went into a far countrie to receiue for himſelfe a Kingdom. And he called vnto him his tenne ſeruants, and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liuered vnto the tenne pounds, and ſaide vnto the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, Occupie till I come &amp;c.</hi> This noble man was Chriſt, who before his aſcention deliuerd the Word of truth vnto his ſeruants, and ſince giueth of the ſame Word to others by his Spirit, and ſo will till his ſecond co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ming: theeſe <hi>ten ſeruants</hi> are his miniſters, and other his ſeruants: the <hi>pounds</hi> or talen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s, were ſeuerall portions of the <hi>Word of</hi> grace, of the myſteries of God d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uers
<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 12.3. 1. Cor. 12.11.</note> meaſures of the knowledge and faith of Chriſt, wherein they ought to increaſe, and to ſhew the fruite thereof in a holy life, alſo to vſe theire ſkill to bringe others to the knowledge and obedience of Chriſt, which is to giue him his owne with vantage: for they are <hi>Stewards of the myſteries of God,
<note place="margin">1. Cor 4 1.</note> and it is required in Stewards that a man be found faithfull.</hi> Deliuering nothing for doctrine, but that which was
<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 11.23.</note> 
                  <hi>receiued of the Lord</hi> by his Apoſtles and Prophets; neither hiding his talent of doctrine, nor teaching for doctrines commaundements and opinions of men things not commaunded in the Word. For as when amonge the Romans there was difference aboute meates, the Apoſtle ſaide, <hi>The Kingdom of God is not meate and dr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ke;</hi> that is,
<note place="margin">Rom. 14 17.</note> the Word of God doth not commaund and teach theeſe things, which are held abonte them, <hi>But righteouſneſſe and peace &amp;c.</hi> Soe may it be ſaide for other traditions and preceps of men; the Kingdom of God is not the ſingle life of Romiſh Preiſts, theire obſerued faſts and feaſts, inuocation of Saints, the Popes ſucceſſion in Peters chai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e, as head of the Church, priuate maſſes, drawing Soules out of purgatorie, and the like; which as themſelues confeſſe are not commaunded in the Word; <hi>but righteouſnes, peace,</hi> and all ſuch things as are taught in the Goſpell. Miniſters muſt be faithfull Stewards, and diſpenſers thereof by preaching; and others that haue the gift by perſwading, exhorting, writing and the like: <hi>As euery man hath receiued the gift,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Pet. 4.10.</note> euen ſo ſhould he <hi>miniſter the ſame vnto another, as good ſteward of the manifold grace of God.</hi> He that had <hi>one talent</hi> dit not ſo, others did.</p>
               <pb n="22" facs="tcp:2471:20"/>
               <p>The <hi>Citizens</hi> in the parable that <hi>hated him, and ſaide, wee will not haue this man to raigne ouer vs,</hi> were ſuch as oppoſed the Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d, or any part or portion thereof, deliuered in t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ents, <hi>h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ting the light</hi> manifeſted by them; which is to deſpiſe and re<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ect him the Word, that commeth to rule theire hearts, to enlighten them and raigne there, of whome therefore he ſaith, <hi>Thoſe mine e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies that would not that I ſhould raigne ouer them, bringe hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther &amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>All which proofes of Gods Kingdom duely conſidered doe manifeſt that the Pope and church of Rome doe groſely de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceiue and are deceiued,
<note place="margin">The Pope can not be Chriſts Vicar, nor the Church of Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>me his King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom.</note> who oppoſe the Word of grace re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uealed in teaching for doctrines thoſe precepts &amp; traditions of men aboue mentioued, and diuers other ſtrange doctrines of free will, ignorance, force of theire traditions, merrits worſhipping of Images, with many the like, not commaunded but forbidden and confuted in the Word; and yet bea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e the World in hand, that the Pope is Chriſts vica<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>generall, head of the church, that the church of Rome is the true church of Chr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſt, and ſo that Rome is the ſeate of Chriſts Kingdom, that Gods Kingdom is there; when yet God by the Apoſtles ſaith,
<note place="margin">2. Ioh 9. 1. Tim. 6.3.</note> 
                  <hi>He that abideth not in the doctrine of Chriſt, hath not God, If any man teach otherwiſe, and conſent not to the wholeſome words,</hi> euen <hi>to the words of our Lord Ieſus Christ, and to the doctrine which is according to godlineſſe, he is proud, knowing nothing;</hi> the man of ſinne and his miniſters proud aboue all other hereticks; and ye ſee Gods Kingdom is there only, where though men ſo n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ime ſinne of in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmitie, yet (as is requi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed) the Word of God is conſented to, &amp; receiued in all things, &amp; not reiected in any thinge it teaches.</p>
               <p>From all which wee may reaſon thus. Chriſt is the Word reuealed in Scriptures, and that Word alo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e muſt rule in all matters of faith, and ſaluation. Whoſoeuer therefore ſhall not conſent to that Word in all matters of faith and ſaluation, but ſhall of his owne pretended authoritie ſet vp for doctrines any that are not taught in the Word, or that are new or contrarie therevnto, he is rebellious and an vſurping Autichriſt, and he that doth it in moſt points, and ſo as none other doth, he is the grand Antichriſt. But the Pope doth n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t conſent to that Word in all matters of faith and ſaluation, but of his owne pretended autho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
<pb n="23" facs="tcp:2471:20"/>ſets vp for Doctrines many others, that are not taught in the Word, and that are new and contrarie therevnto; therefore he is rebellious, and an vſurping Antichriſt, yea the grand Antichriſt; becauſe he doth it in more points then euer any did, and ſo as none euer did; as in thoſe perticulars aboue mentioned, &amp; di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uers others; which wee ſhall haue occaſion to p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oue in the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quell: here it needes not, becauſe alſo many haue ſufficiently donne it. Now from this propoſition and concluſion followes another.</p>
               <p>They that doe not conſent to the Word in all matters of faith and ſaluation, but receiue for Doctrines thoſe new and contrarie precepts of the Pope which he of his owne pretended authori<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ie ſets vp, they are conſpiring rebels, and giue him the Kingdom, he power and the glory of commaunding, and beeing obeyed in ſuch things. But the Papiſts doe not conſent to the Word in all matters of faith and ſaluation, but receiue for Doctrines thoſe new and contrarie precepts of the Pope, which he of his owne pretended authori<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>e ſets vp: therefore they are conſpiring Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bels, and giue him the Kingdom the Power and the glo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>e of commaund<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ng, and beeing obeyed in ſuch things.</p>
               <p>Both theeſe are ſo manifeſtly true, that all that are of any rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſonable vnderſtanding muſt needes perceiue and confeſſe as much vnleſſe, becauſe they haue not receiued the Loue of the Truth, nor continued in the Word, they can not know the Truth, but are by God giuen ouer to belee<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e lies; or becauſe they teaching or rece<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ing for doctrines precepts of men, the wiſdom of theire w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſe men i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> hid, and they in Gods iuſt iudgment are giuen ouer <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o ſuch blindnes, that they can not ſee things ſee eui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent; that is to ſay,
<note place="margin">Rom. 10.11. Pſa. 66.7.</note> that they are rebellious and conſpiring vſurpers, <hi>a diſobedient and gaineſaying people:
<note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 33.6. Heb. 1.3. Rom 1.16. 1. Cor. 1.18. Heb. 1.3. 2. Pe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 3.7. ſee Character of a Chriſtian<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> pag. 47.</note> For God ruleth by his power for euer;</hi> that is by the <hi>Word,</hi> which is <hi>his power,</hi> whereby he hath <hi>made,</hi> gouernned and <hi>vpheld all things;</hi> and Chriſt is that <hi>Word, the power of God, and the wiſdom of God.</hi> 1. Cor. 1.24. therefore when he had ſaide, <hi>he ruleth by his power for euer, his eyes behold the nations,</hi> who obey it and who not; he ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deth, <hi>let not the rebellions exalt themſelues:</hi> viz. againſt it, or aboue it in any point, as pſa. 107.11. <hi>they rebelled againſt the words of God,</hi> that is againſt the power by which he ruleth againſt
<pb n="24" facs="tcp:2471:21"/>Chriſt. But in the Pope of Romes Kingdom, the Word is not conſented to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n all things as is requ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ed <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Tim. 6.3. But reiected and oppoſed; he
<note n="*" place="margin">Ide<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> pag. 249. &amp; 293.</note> and they are rebellious and exalt themſelues againſt the word in many greate ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ters of ſaith and ſaluation, which it teacheth, and ſo <hi>aboue all that is called God,</hi> ſo <hi>that he as God ſitteth in the Temple of God as God, ſhewing himſelfe that he is God,</hi> viz. moſt maiſter in theeſe things, one whoſe Word is the ſupreame law &amp; muſt be beleeued and obeied: which the <hi>Turke</hi> doth not, he giues not foorth his words for lawes, binding the conſcience in matters of faith and ſaluation; as the Pope doth, and ſoe taketh the <hi>Kingdom the power and glorie</hi> from God and his <hi>Word,</hi> to himſelfe and his errours; therefore Gods Kingdom is not in the Romiſh church, the Pope is an vſurper: and Papiſts, that defend or follow his lawes and doctrines againſt the <hi>Word,</hi> are <hi>rebellious conſpirators,</hi> giueing to the Pope Chriſts gouern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment, <hi>the Kingdom, the power and the glorie,</hi> chooſing rather to be ruled by him, then by the <hi>Word,</hi> and ſoe reiecting Chriſt, and his Kingdom, they <hi>breake</hi> his <hi>bands aſunder, and caſt his cords fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> them.</hi> In further proofe whereof,
<note place="margin">Pſa. 2.3.</note> obſerue; He, who is the <hi>Word,</hi> ſaith to his Diſciples,
<note place="margin">Luk. 10.8.9.</note> 
                  <hi>Into whatſoeuer citie ye enter, and they receiue you, ſay vnto them the Kingdom of God is come neere vnto you;</hi> that is becauſe in theire preaching the <hi>Word</hi> is come to rule and enlighten them in all things needefull to ſaluation; <hi>the Arme</hi> that ſhould <hi>rule</hi> for God is come, the <hi>Word</hi> of which is ſaide, <hi>He ſhall iudge amonge the nations;</hi> and to whome is ſaide, <hi>Rule thou in the midſt of thine ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">verſ. 16.</note> for he ſaide then to his Apoſtles, <hi>He that heareth you, heareth me:</hi> (viz. me the Word) <hi>and he that deſpiſeth you deſpiſeth me: and he that deſpiſeth me deſpiſeth him that ſent me;</hi> viz. whoſe Word I am,
<note place="margin">verſ. 11.</note> and who ſhould <hi>rule for him:</hi> therefore he ſaith there, <hi>And if they receiue you not, ſay vnto them, the verrie duſt of youre citie, wee w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pe of againſt you: notwithſtanding be ye ſure of this, that the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of God is come nigh vnto you.</hi> viz. in the Word there preached, though they will not receiue him to <hi>rule</hi> them, but
<note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 107.11. Dan. 9 5. Rom. 10.21. Mat. 21.43. Chap. 23.37.</note> 
                  <hi>rebell againſt the Word,</hi> and conſpire to expell him and his Kingdom out of theire citie.</p>
               <p>Firſt then wee ſee, that this beeing the fault of Ieruſalem, of the cheife Preiſts, and other Iewes, who gainſaied his doctrine, put him to death and perſecuted his ſeruants, <hi>Therefore</hi> (ſaith he)
<pb n="25" facs="tcp:2471:21"/>
                  <hi>ſay I vnto you, The Kingdom of God ſhall be take<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> from you, and giuen to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof. Often would I haue gathe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red thy children together, as &amp;c. and ye would not. Behold youre howſe is left vnto you deſolate, for I ſay vnto you, you ſhall not henceforth ſee me</hi> (viz. me the Word) <hi>till ye ſay, bleſſed is he that commeth in the Name of the Lord.</hi> viz. with the Word, and Truth reuealed.</p>
               <p>And ſecondly hereby alſo wee may ſee the greate wickednes of the Pope and Church of <hi>Rome,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Verſ. 13.</note> who alſo <hi>ſhut vp the Kingdom of God against men,</hi> like the Scribes and Phariſes,
<note place="margin">Luk. 11.52.</note> 
                  <hi>neither entring in themſelues, nor ſuffering others that would:</hi> for they alſo, <hi>take away the key of knowledge;</hi> they will not ſuffer the (Word manifeſted in) Scriptures in diuers points of faith and ſaluation to be prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ched amonge the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, nor read in a knowne tounge, but fight againſt the doctrine of Chriſt and his Apoſtles, perſecute the profeſſors thereof, giue theire traditions
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Concil. Tri. Seſſ.</hi> 4. Mark. 7.13.</note> 
                  <hi>equall</hi> authoritie and <hi>reuerence</hi> with the <hi>Word,</hi> obey them more; and indeede make <hi>the Word of God of none effect with theire traditions,</hi> and in all theeſe things conſpire and <hi>rebell against the Word,</hi> and expell him and his King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom out of all theire Cities, Vilages and Howſes.</p>
               <p>Which in ſome degree is alſo donne by ſuch carnall and feig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned Goſpellers, as call themſelues Proteſtants, and yet are ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies to preaching, hearing and writing; or what worſe is ſet vp new and contrarie doctrines againſt the <hi>Word</hi> of <hi>Grace,</hi> ſuch as thoſe of <hi>Pelagius, Arminius</hi> and others: for falſe doctrines are by Chriſt called <hi>tares,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 13.25.</note> and he that <hi>ſoweth</hi> them is iudged <hi>an enemie</hi> of Chriſt and his <hi>Kingdom;</hi> and if that be true which our Sauiour ſaith of Neuters and lukewarme Miniſters, <hi>Who doe not ſeeke the Kingdom of God, and the righteouſnes thereof,</hi> but their owne gaine, eaſe or honour, <hi>He that is not with me is againſt me,
<note place="margin">Mar. 12.30.</note> and he that ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thereth not with me ſcattereth:</hi> How much more will they be found againſt the <hi>Word,</hi> who either oppoſe and ſcorne preaching, or ſet vp new and contrary doctrines, hindring his abſolute raigne, and the peace of his Kingdom? this doe all Hereticks and Seducers, who bringe in another word to rule in matters of faith and ſalua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion. <hi>Theire word eates</hi> at the <hi>Word</hi> and Kingdom of God,
<note place="margin">2. Tim. 2.17.</note> and ſo at the roote <hi>like a canker,</hi> or gangrene: and therfore they are ſedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tious Preachers in Gods Kingdom, moueing people to fall from Gods word &amp; obedience, to theires; and what in them is,
<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Thef. 2.16.</note> 
                  <hi>Forbid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
<pb n="26" facs="tcp:2471:22"/>men to ſpeake</hi> to people ſome things of the Goſpell <hi>that they might be ſaued, to fill vp theire ſinnes alway: for the wrath is come vpon them to the vttermoſt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This Kingdom Chriſt had in ſome,
<note place="margin">Chriſt had and hath this King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom.</note> as in the Apoſtles &amp; many other Diſciples &amp; beleeuers, who by the <hi>Word</hi> were regenerated &amp; gouerned in all matters of faith and ſaluation: and to ſuch, he, the <hi>Word,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 19.2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> ſaith, <hi>Ye which haue followed me in the regeneration, when the Sonne of man ſhall ſit in the throne of his glory, ye ſhall alſo ſit &amp;c. and inherit euerlaſting life.
<note place="margin">Chap. 24.14.</note> This Gospell of the Kingdom ſhall be prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ched in all the world</hi> for a witneſſe <hi>to all Nations. Walke worthy of God,
<note place="margin">1. Theſ. 2.12.</note> who hath called you to his Kingdom and glorie. Who hath deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uered vs fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> the power of darknes,
<note place="margin">Col. 2.13.</note> &amp; hath tranſlated vs into the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom of his deere So<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ne.</hi> This Kingdom he co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>mended to his Apoſtles &amp; Miniſters, ſaying, <hi>Seeke ye the Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> of God &amp; the righteouſnes thereof. All power is giuen to me in Heauen &amp; in Earth. Goe ye ther<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore &amp;</hi> teach <hi>all nations, baptizing them in the Name of the Father, and of the Sonne, and of the Holy Ghost.</hi> Teaching <hi>them to obſerue all things whatſoeuer</hi> I haue <hi>commaunded you: and loe I</hi> (viz. the Word) <hi>am with you allwayes euen vnto the end of the World.</hi> As if he ſaide, becauſe all power is giuen to me, therefore ye may goe into all Kingdoms of the world and teach the Goſpel, noe man, noe King ought to forbid you: becauſe if they doe not ſubiect to him, it is ſaide,
<note place="margin">Pſal. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>He ſhall bruiſe them with a rod of yron:</hi> and againe, <hi>Be wiſe now therefore, ô ye Kings: Kiſſe the Sonne leſt he be angrie &amp;c.</hi> And when after his reſurrection they aſked of him,
<note place="margin">Act. 1.6.7.</note> 
                  <hi>ſaying, Lord wilt thou at this time reſtore againe the Kingdom to Iſrael? He ſaide vnto them, it is not for you to know the times and the ſeaſons, which the Father hath put in his owne power. But ye ſhall receiue power after that the Holy Ghoſt is come vpo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> you, and ye ſhall be witneſſes vnto me, both in</hi> Ieruſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem, <hi>and in all</hi> Iudea, <hi>and in</hi> Samaria, <hi>and vnto the vttermoſt part of the Earth.
<note place="margin">Act. 26.17.</note> I now ſend thee to the</hi> Gentiles <hi>to open theire eies, to turne them,
<note place="margin">Dan. 7.27.</note> &amp;c.</hi> Wherein that of <hi>Daniel</hi> was fulfilled, <hi>The greatnes of the Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> vnder the whole heaue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſhall be giue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to the people of the Saints of the moſt high, whoſe Kingdom is an euerlaſting Kingdom, and all dominions ſhall ſerue &amp; obey him.</hi> For theeſe brought whole Natio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>s to the knowledge &amp; obedience of Chriſt: ſo that <hi>Paul</hi> ſaith, <hi>From Ieruſalem &amp; round vnto Illyricum,
<note place="margin">Rom. 15.19.</note> I haue fully preached the Gospell of Christ.</hi> He <hi>turned</hi> people <hi>from darknes to light, &amp; from the power of Satan vnto God.</hi> The Pope and Papiſts turne men from <hi>light</hi> to darknes, and ſo from God to Satan. <hi>Peter</hi> did not ſo.</p>
               <pb n="27" facs="tcp:2471:22"/>
               <p>And with what weapons did they ſubiect men,
<note place="margin">The weapons of this King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom. Heb. 4.12.</note> ſaue with <hi>the ſword of the ſpirit,</hi> the Word of God, which is <hi>the power of God to ſaluation? For the Word of God is quicke &amp; powerfull, &amp; ſharper then any two edged ſword, peircing &amp;c.</hi> Therefore ſaint Paul ſaith, <hi>The weapons of our warfare are not carnall, but mightie through God, to the pulling downe of ſtronge holds: caſting downe imaginations, and euery high thinge that exalteth it ſelfe againſt the knowledge of God, and bringing into captiuitie euery thought to the obedience of Chriſt.</hi> viz. to the obedience of the Word: for this ſword, or ſpirit of his mouth, is the <hi>Rod of his ſtrength,</hi> his owne diuine power and vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tue, vnto whome is ſaide, <hi>Rule thou in the midſt of thine enemies.</hi> As in Kingdoms of this world, if any ſubiect hold but one caſtle or towne againſt the right and power of his lawfull Kinge, he is iudged a traitour, an enemy, and his pertakers Conſpiratours; ſo is it if a man maintaine but one errour, one ſtronge hold againſt the knowledge of God; much more if he hold diuers as <hi>Pelagius</hi> did; or many with a high hand, as the Pope doth
<note n="*" place="margin">Moulin Buc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kler of the Faith.</note> aboute free will, merrits, iuſtification, purgatorie, ſupremacie, the Church of Rome, Preiſts marriage, praying to Saints, worſhipping Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges &amp;c. Who yet will be obeied and defended in theeſe and other his errours; and ſoe he is by all Papiſts; which proueth him the grand Antichriſt, and them rebellious conſpiratours, main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taining ſtronge holds of errour and ſinne againſt the <hi>Word</hi> and Kingdom of God. <hi>Saint Paul</hi> ſaith of ſome that were with him, <hi>Theeſe only are my fellow workers vnto the Kingdom of God:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Col. 4.11.</note> that is in thoſe regions, where with him they preached the Goſpell, and ſtabliſhed men in the obedience, knowledge &amp; truth thereof; and as <hi>Apollos</hi> who <hi>mightely co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>uinced</hi> the Aduerſaries <hi>by the Scriptures.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 18.28.</note>
               </p>
               <p>And where as ſome doe not obey <hi>but reſist the holy Ghost,</hi> as <hi>S. Steuen</hi> ſaide and are gainſayers, Hereticks, enemies,
<note place="margin">Act. 7.51.</note> and neg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lectours of this free grace of God offered in the preaching and manifeſtation of the Word, whereby men are made true Sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iects of this Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>; this co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>meth to paſſe as Chriſt ſaide to ſome proude and obſtinate Iewes, <hi>ye beleeue not, becauſe ye are not of my Sheepe. My Sheepe heare my voice, &amp; I know the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, and they follow me:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ioh. 10.26. verſ. 14.</note> Therfore he who is the Word, and therein the light of the World ſaid vnto the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, <hi>I am known of mine,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">ſee charac. of a Chriſtian. pag. 303.</note> not of others to whom it is not giue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>: <hi>It is giue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to you to know the Myſteries of the Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> of heaue<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>:
<pb n="28" facs="tcp:2471:23"/>but to them it is not giuen.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 13.11. Chap. 11.25.</note> The Father <hi>hid them from the wiſe and learned and reu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aled them to babes;</hi> becauſe <hi>it ſeemed good in his ſight.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 11.7.</note> 
                  <hi>Iſrael hath not obtained that which he ſeeketh for; But the election haue obtained it, and the reſt were blinded. Yet a litle while is the light with you: walke while ye haue the light, lest darkneſſe come vpon you: for he that walketh in darkneſſe knoweth not whither he goeth.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ioh. 12.35.</note> Which beeing alſo the caſe of diuers proud Papiſts and Pelagians, who doe not heare, receiue and reade the Word, much leſſe with <hi>loue<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of the Truth;</hi> noe maruaile if they <hi>know not whether they goe,</hi> that is, that they talke ſo much againſt the promiſed per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeuerance of the Saints,
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.47.</note> and certainty of ſaluation. For ſuch as doe not delight in the <hi>Word,</hi> but rather maintaine diuers ſtro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ge holds of errour againſt the ſame, can not haue a ſenſe thereof, nor con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſequently that they are true Subiects of this Kingdom, but rather of the contrarie: for therefore Chriſt, who is the Word ſaith, <hi>Thoſe mine enemies, which would not that I ſhould raigne ouer them, bringe hither &amp;c.</hi> and in another place, <hi>This is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loued darkneſse rather then light, becauſe theire deedes were euill. For euery one that doth euill hateth the light, neither commeth to the light, leſt his deedes ſhould be reproued,</hi> or diſcouered, This ſhall all ſuch know to theire coſt, when <hi>the Lord Ieſus ſhall be reuealed from Heauen with his mightie Angels:
<note place="margin">2. Theſſ. 1.7.</note> In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the Gospel of our Lord Ieſus Chriſt:</hi> and ſo that are not true Subiects of this Kingdom.
<note place="margin">Ioh. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>But,</hi> ſaith Chriſt, <hi>he that doth truth commeth to the light, that his deedes may be made manifest that they are wrought in God.</hi> And ſo, that he is a loueing and an obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dient ſubiect of this Kingdom; as diuers are, in diuers Cities and Kingdoms of this World; and as all ſhould be. Thus then wee ſee that Chriſt had and hath the Kingdom, and what it was, and is.</p>
               <p>Now wee are to ſee what it is not,
<note place="margin">Chriſts King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom not of this World.</note> which our Lord telleth vs, ſaying, <hi>My Kingdom is not of this world.</hi> This hath partly appea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red already, becauſe as wee proued, this his Kingdom is the Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rituall raigne of the <hi>Word,</hi> and therefore not of this World, and conſequently not any thinge preiudicial or deragotory to Ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſars, as his accuſers pretended. The malitious and ſubtill Iewes, that they might be ſure to lay ſuch things (whether true or falſe) to the charge of Chriſt as might certainly procure his death, thought noe accuſation ſo like to preuaile with <hi>'Pilate,
<pb n="29" facs="tcp:2471:23"/>Caeſars</hi> Deputie, as to ſay that he moued ſedition, and laboured to bringe the people from <hi>Caeſers</hi> to his owne obedience, and ſoe to get the Kingdom from <hi>Caeſar</hi> to himſelfe. This they thought <hi>Pilate</hi> durſt not but queſtion, &amp; ſtriue to preuent, though it were with the death of Chriſt; and that whether he were found guiltie thereof, or noe: therefore they ſay, <hi>wee found this follow peruerting the nation, ſaying, that himſelfe is Christ a Kinge:</hi> and after <hi>He that maketh himſelfe a King, ſpeaketh againſt Caeſar.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luk. 23.2.</note> Whereas that was not to moue ſedition againſt <hi>Caeſar:</hi> for on the contrarie he ſaide, <hi>Giue vnto Caeſar the things that are Ceſars,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 19.</note> and to God the things that are Gods.</hi> Wherein though indeede, he ſeeke Gods Kingdom alſo, (viz. that men would be ruled by Gods Word in all things) and conſequently his owne Kingdom, becauſe he is the Word of God by which all men ſhould be ruled; yet when he ſeekes this, he neither hindereth nor endangereth <hi>Caeſars</hi> Kingdom, but rather helpeth and ſtabliſheth it.</p>
               <p>For if Gods Word enioine ſubiection to <hi>Princes,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Chriſts King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſtabliſheth Caeſars.</note> then Gods Kingdom ratifieth and eſtabliſheth <hi>Ceſars</hi> Kingdom, and Chriſt the Word, who ruleth for God, ruleth people in this point, and maketh them more obedient, then otherwiſe they would be: for there is noe greater tie of ſubiection in ſubiects to <hi>Princes,</hi> in children to Parents, in wiues to huſbands, in ſervants to Maiſters, then the bond of religion; becauſe theeſe and all others that owe ſubiection to any, ſhall finde theire duties commanded in the Word,
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Pet. 2.13.17.18. &amp;c. Epheſ. 6.1.5. Rom 13.1.</note> as they are often: ſo that if either <hi>Princes,</hi> Parents or Mai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſters doe not finde them ſelues duly obeied, let them confes that it is, becauſe they ſeeke not Gods Kingdom, they doe not care<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully cauſe theire ſubiects, children and ſeruants to heare and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerence the Word, which enioineth ſubiection in all theeſe, and namely in ſubiects to <hi>Princes,</hi> and Magiſtrates; while he who is the Word of God ſaith, <hi>Giue unto Ceſar the things that are Ceſars.</hi> Viz. tribute ſubiection, honour, &amp;c. and after by his Apoſtle, <hi>Let euery Soule be ſubiect to the higher powers, &amp;c. for this cauſe pay ye tribute alſo &amp;c.</hi> &amp; to the like effect in diuers others places, whereof more in the ſequel: Therfore not only to <hi>Pilates</hi> queſtio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, but alſo againſt the accuſations &amp; ſuggeſtions of the Iewes &amp; all others, he ſaith,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Audite Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daei &amp; Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes, audi cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumciſio &amp; praeputium, audite omniae regna terre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na; non im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pedio domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nationem ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtram in hoc mundo, regnu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> enim meum non eſt de hoe mundo.</hi> Aug. in Ioan. Tract. 115. <hi>Regnum ſe Chriſtus ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bere conce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit, ſed non qui alios ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellat.</hi> Tol. in 10.18.</note> 
                  <hi>My Kingdom is not of this world;</hi> as if he ſaide, mine accuſers pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tend loue and true allegiance to <hi>Ceſar,</hi> in haueing greate care of
<pb n="30" facs="tcp:2471:24"/>his right, that I ſhould not vſurpe nor diſturbe his Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, nor any part of his gouerment, nor did I euer: for <hi>my Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> is not of this world.</hi> The Kingdoms of this world often endamage &amp; endanger one another by worldly polecies, ſecret practiſes, &amp; ope<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> hoſtilities, whereby the greatnes of one Kingdom ofte<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> riſes out of the ruins of another; and imbred rebels ſomtime accheiue theire Soue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raignes throne by clandeſtine practiſes, and crafty inſinuations; but there were noe ſuch deuices vſed by Chriſt; he did not as <hi>Abſolon,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Sam. 15.2.3</note> who <hi>roſe early, and ſtood by the way of the gate,</hi> and <hi>when he ſaw any man that had a controuerſie to come before the Kinge for iudgment,</hi> he <hi>called him,</hi> and with inſinuating ſpeeches inueighed againſt the gouernment, and wiſhed himſelfe a Iudge to helpe them, but on the contrarie, when one came to Chriſt, ſaying, <hi>Maiſter cauſe my Brother to diuide the inheritance;</hi> he anſwered, <hi>Who made me a Iudge or a diuider?</hi> ſo far was he from ſeeking any worldly gouernment.
<note place="margin">Luk. 22.24.</note> Neither did his doctrine allow, but ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preſly forbid it in his Diſciples. <hi>For when there was a ſtrife among them, which of them ſhould be gratest, He ſaide, the Kings of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles excerciſe Lordſhip ouer them, and they that exerciſe authority ouer them are called Benefactors; But ye ſhall not be ſo; but he that is greateſt among you, let him be as the younger, and he that is cheife, as he that doth ſerue.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Pet. 5.3.</note> Where whatſoeuer the Papiſts ſay to the contrarie, he would haue among them noe ſupremacie or dominion as Lords one ouer another, like as in the Kingdoms of this World; but he that was greateſt among them by reaſon of his age, or beeing firſt called, which is all the greatnes or Prioritie Chriſt would here acknowledge, he ſhould be as the <hi>younger,</hi> that did ſerue in ſome kinde. Rightly therefore doth he ſay againſt the ſugge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtions of his Accuſers, <hi>my Kingdom is not of this world:</hi> thereby ſhewing that his Kingdom hath noe worldly or pompeous do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minion, &amp; ſo doth nothing hinder nor hurt <hi>Caeſars;</hi> as euen <hi>Pilate</hi> himſelfe fou<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>d &amp; teſtified, whe<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> after examinatio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> had of the matter, <hi>He went out vnto the Iewes,
<note place="margin">Io<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 18.38.</note> and ſaith vnto the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, I finde in him noe fault at all.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Chap. 19.12.</note> Which thinge he affirmed twiſe or thriſe; yet for all this his aduerſaries enuying, &amp; hating his doctrine and fame. <hi>Cry out, ſaying; If thou let this man goe, thou art not Ceſars freind: whoſoeuer maketh himſelfe a King ſpeaketh againſt Caeſar.</hi> As if they ſaide Ceſar is King here: In this land, <hi>wee haue noe Kinge but Caeſar.</hi> He there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore that makes himſelfe a Kinge here, ſpeakes againſt the
<pb n="31" facs="tcp:2471:24"/>right and prerogatiue of Ceſar, whoſe Kingdom can not be in ſafety while this man is ſuffered to preach: his doctrine draweth them to the obedience of another <hi>King,</hi> and it ſtandeth not with the ſafety, and polecie of a Kingdom to ſuffer it: for when <hi>Pilate</hi> ſaide, he found not that <hi>fault in him;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luk. 23.5.</note> this is all the prooſe they bringe of <hi>peruerting</hi> the Nation, ſaying, <hi>He ſtirreth vp the people, teaching thorowout all Iury.</hi> His teaching is that which they will needes account <hi>dangerous.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This is that which they and other obſtinate enemies of the Truth did euer pretend, that the Kingdom of God,
<note place="margin">Iewes account Chriſts prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching dange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rous to the Nation.</note> viz. the prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching of the Word diſturbeth and hindreth the peace of King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms and endangereth theire beeing, at leaſt theire well beeing.</p>
               <p>Firſt becauſe they wilfully perſwade themſelues that the Neighbouring Kingdoms, which are of contrarie religions will the ſooner inuade and ſpoile them.</p>
               <p>Secondly becauſe they alſo will needes be perſwaded that the daily preaching of the Word makes the hearers ſtout &amp; ſtuborne againſt theire Kings and Gouernours.</p>
               <p>For the firſt,
<note place="margin">They ſay that it would cauſe an inuation.</note> this was the wilfull opinion of the cheiſe Preiſts and Phariſes, that if Chriſts doctrine were ſuffered to be preached and followed, the heathen who were otherwiſe affected would inuade and ruin them: therefore vpon report of that greate my<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racle of raiſing <hi>Lazarus,</hi> they ſay, <hi>What doe we? for this man doth many miracles. If wee let him thus alone, all men will beleeue on him,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 11.42.</note> and the Romans ſhall come, and take away both our place and nation:</hi> therefore die he muſt. What <hi>doe we?</hi> as if they ſaide, what ſluggiſh Gouernours are wee? how dull, how ſleepie? how negligent in our offices? how careles of our countries ſafety? how improuident in preuenting foraigne inuaſion, that wee ſuffer this doctrine to carrie ſo many away after it, to incenſe the <hi>Romans</hi> that worſhip other Gods, and that are ſo zealous of theire honour, that they brooke not to ſee any more honoured then theire owne idols, and that if a few follow him, it muſt needes vexe them, but <hi>if wee let him thus alone,</hi> thus to worke myracles for confirmation of his Doctrine, <hi>all men will beleeue in him,</hi> it can not be auoided; and then the greate and iuuincible nation, the moſt puiſlant <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans,</hi> muſt of neceſſitie be much more ptouoked to Ielouſie, en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uie and wrath, and conſequently to <hi>take away both our place and nation:</hi> Our <hi>place,</hi> that is where our God is ſomwhat worſhip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped
<pb n="32" facs="tcp:2471:25"/>in ſacrifices &amp;c. This is ſomwhat, and better this then none at all; if wee goe any further, to ſuffer a deale of preaching of a new law and Kingdom; that is further from the heathen reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion, and ſoe wee may anger them more and looſe all; ſeeing in policie to pleaſe them, wee ſhould rather come neerer them, at leaſt in things indifferent.</p>
               <p>Therefore alſo when <hi>Paul</hi> preached at <hi>Theſſalonica,
<note place="margin">Act. 17.5.</note> The Iewes which beleeued not moued with enuie gathered a Company, and ſet all the citie on an vprore, and drew out Iaſon and certaine brethren vnto the rulers of the citie, crying, Theeſe that haue turned the World vpſide downe are come hither alſo: and theeſe all doe contrary to the decrees of Ceſar, ſaying that there is another King one Ieſus.</hi> Whence wee may ſee that though they knew, that <hi>Ieſus</hi> had longe before left this life, yet they wilfully infer that his followers conteſt to haue him to be another Kinge beſides or againſt <hi>Caeſar,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iewes ſay that preaching di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſturbeth Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſars Kingdom.</note> and that this King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom, in the preaching of the Word, turned the <hi>World vpſide downe,</hi> and ſoe diſturbed, diſhonoured and endangered <hi>Caeſars</hi> King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom. And this the high Preiſt and Elders ſay of ſaint Paul, <hi>We haue found this man a pestilent fellow,
<note place="margin">Act. 24.5. And mo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eth ſedition.</note> and a mouer of ſedition amonge all the Iewes throughout the World, and a ringleader &amp;c.</hi> That is by preaching Ieſus Chriſt, and obedience due to him; as if they ſaide, this doctrine maketh them ſtuborne and ſeditious againſt <hi>C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ſar,</hi> and his miniſters. This or the like hath beene and euer was the wilfull aſſertion of all enemies of the truth, whether Infidels or Papiſts and other hereticks, and prophane ſcoffers of preaching and hearing: but againſt this out Sauiour ſaith, <hi>my Kingdom is not of this World,</hi> and conſequently hurteth not the tranquilitie of temporall Kingdoms, but rather makes them flooriſh and excell in Iuſtice and honour, as the experience of all ages hath openly ſhewen in the ſight of all traducers of the Word preached.</p>
               <p>And firſt that the ſame doth not make nations of a contrarie religion the more ready to inuade them:
<note place="margin">Preaching of the Goſpel doth not cauſe inua<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ions.</note> or if it doe, the more the true preaching of Gods Word is maintained by a Prince in any Kingdom, the more doth God defend that Kinge and King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom from inuaſion and ruin, and to the honour thereof turne the deſtruction vpon his and theire inuaders and enemies. <hi>Dauid</hi> was a greate louer and maintainer of the teaching of Gods Word, alſo of prayer, reading, &amp; holy conference: for theeſe haue theire due
<pb n="33" facs="tcp:2471:25"/>and how exceedingly did his Kingdom floriſh, and he proſper, and preuaile againſt the enemies thereof?
<note place="margin">2. Chro. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>2.</note> 
                  <hi>And</hi> Aſa <hi>did that which was good and right in the eyes of the Lord, He tooke away the Altars of the ſtrange Gods, and the high places, and brake downe the Images. And co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>manded Iudah to ſeeke the Lord, &amp; to doe the law, &amp; the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandeme<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t. And the Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> was quiet before him.</hi> Marke here <hi>quiet,</hi> &amp; free fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſedition: <hi>And whe<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>
                  </hi> Zerah <hi>the Ethiopian came out againſt him with a thouſand thouſand and three hundred charets.</hi> Aſa <hi>cried vnto the Lord, and he ſmote the</hi> Ethiopians <hi>before</hi> Aſa <hi>and Iudah.</hi> So that the Prophet ſaide to them,
<note place="margin">Chap. 15.2. Chap. 16.2.7.</note> 
                  <hi>The Lord is with you while you be with him. But if ye forſake him he will forſake you;</hi> as this <hi>Aſa</hi> found, when after leauing to truſt in God, he ſought to the Kinge of <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>relied on him,
<note place="margin">Chap. 17.3.4.6.7.8.</note> The Lord was with</hi> Iehoſhaphat <hi>becauſe he walked in the firſt waies of his Father</hi> Dauid, <hi>&amp; ſought not to Balaam, but to the Lord, and Walked in his comandements and tooke away the high places,</hi> and ſent diuers preiſts and others; <hi>who tooke the booke of the law of the Lord with them,
<note place="margin">Verſ. 5.10.</note> and went aboute throughout all the cities of Iudah and taught the people. Therefore the Lord ſtabliſhed the Kingdom in his band, and all Iudah brought to</hi> Iehoſhaphat <hi>preſents, &amp; he had riches and honour in abundance. And the feare of the Lord fell vpon all the Kingdoms of the lands that were round about Iudah, ſo that they made no war againſt Iehoſhaphat:</hi> but ſome of the Philiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tines and Arabians <hi>brought him preſents,</hi> and he <hi>waxed exceeding greate:</hi> behold here ye traducers the fruite of due preaching and teaching. <hi>Hezekiah</hi> alſo <hi>did that which was right in the eyes of the Lord,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Chap. 31.20: 21. Chap. 32. Chap. 34.</note> wrought greate reformation amonge the Preiſts and peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple, to ſeeke God; wherefore <hi>he proſpered,</hi> and God deliuered him and his from the greate Hoſt of <hi>Senacherib. Ioſiah</hi> alſo pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Ieruſalem from the high places,</hi> renued the couenant betweene God and the people, <hi>and cauſed the booke of the Law to be read and obſerued;</hi> Wherefore it was ſaide to him, <hi>thou ſhalt be ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered to thy graue in peace,</hi> and that euill ſhould not come vpon the citie in his dayes. The Emperour <hi>Conſtantine,</hi> notwithſtan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding that in a manner all his Predeceſſors were Pagans, moſt of them perſecutors, <hi>Maxentius</hi> and <hi>Licinius</hi> ſharers with him in the Empire, heathen Tirants, perſecutors, and his enemies: and though (beſides an infinitie companie of heathen people) almoſt the whole Senate of Rome were of the heathen faction, and ſo
<pb n="34" facs="tcp:2471:26"/>continued after him; yet did he embrace the Chriſtian Religion, fight for it, ſeeke to propogate it, called a generall Councell to repres the <hi>Arrian</hi> hereſie, afther the councell cauſed the bookes of the <hi>Arrians</hi> to be burned, and greatly loued and furthered the preaching of the Goſpell, and all the trueſt Profeſſors thereof; and how exceedingly did God defend him from his mightieſt ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies, and bringe them into his ſubiection? In ſo much that ſome haue thought, that <hi>that</hi> which is ſpoken in the Reuelation of <hi>a man child,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 12.</note> which the <hi>Church</hi> ſhould <hi>bringe foorth,</hi> that ſhould <hi>rule all Nations with a rod of yron,</hi> was fulfilled in him. But to come neerer our owne times. Popiſh errour and ſuperſtition had great<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly corrupted the Chriſtian Religion and doctrine in many parts thereof, whe<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> God raiſed vp in <hi>France, Waldo</hi> a meane ma<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, who yet ſtuddying the Scriptures, diſcouered many of theire errours and abuſes, and had many followers; who were mightely &amp; miraca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>louſly preſerued for a longe time; and though in the ende they were vanquiſhed by the <hi>Beast,</hi> that for a time ſhould <hi>warre</hi> with the Saints &amp; ouercome them:
<note place="margin">Reu. 13.7.</note> yet becauſe the Scriptures ſhew, that the Beaſts Kingdom muſt alſo goe to wrack; God at laſt rai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed vp againſt it <hi>Luther,</hi> a Meane Monke, a priuate Doctor, who notwithſtanding that he &amp; his Protectour the <hi>Duke of Saxonie,</hi> were exceedingly oppoſed and perſecuted by the Pope, the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perour, and other mightie aduerſaries; yet were they deliuered and wonderfully proſpered and preuailed. The like might be ſhewed of diuers other Princes of <hi>Germanie,</hi> who in mans ſight were but weake in reſpect of theire aduerſaries, and yet maintai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning the preaching of the Goſpel, and the expulſion of Poperie were maruelouſly defended, and proſpered. King <hi>Edward</hi> the Sixth expelled Poperie out of his Kingdom, maintained &amp; fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered the preaching of the Goſpel, and though he were but a child, how yet did God bleſſe and defend him from his mightieſt enemies? Queene <hi>Marie</hi> leauing the Kingdom Popiſh; Queene <hi>Elizabeth</hi> againe excluded Poperie,
<note place="margin">See the thank<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>full Remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brance.</note> commanded the preaching of the Goſpel &amp; puniſhment of Popiſh Preiſts for theire ſeditious intruſion; and yet though ſhe were but a Woman, and found the Kingdom in weake eſtate, and had at her entrance greate aduer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaries, as the <hi>Pope, Spanie, France,</hi> yea &amp; <hi>Scotland</hi> alſo; beſides diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>contented Popelings and Rebels in her owne Kingdoms of <hi>Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>land</hi>
                  <pb n="35" facs="tcp:2471:26"/>and <hi>Ireland;</hi> yet ſhe cleauing to Gods cauſe, and maintai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning it with all her heart, was not only miracalouſly defended from al forraigne enemies and homebred Conſpirators, but alſo acheiued many glorious Victories, and grew a terrour to her mightieſt aduerſaries; ſo truly doth God ſeeke theire Kingdom, that ſincerely ſeeke his, as <hi>Dauid</hi> did.</p>
               <p>And here let noe man obiect the late loſſes that proteſtant <hi>Princes,</hi> Kingdoms &amp; prouinces haue ſuſtained.
<note place="margin">An obiection of late loſſes with the Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſon of them.</note> For if the Word of God had in theeſe later times beene countenaneed, preached, and furthered with that ſinceritie, and zeale of aduancing Chriſts Kingdom, and receiued with that affection, ioy, reuerence and obedience, and that the <hi>Princes</hi> of the reformed Churches had all ſtucke to Gods cauſe, and to one another, as zealouſly now, as in thoſe former times, theeſe damages could not haue befallen them. It is ſaide of <hi>Hezechia</hi> that <hi>in euery worke,
<note place="margin">2. Chro. 31.21</note> that he began in the ſeruice of the howſe of God, and in the law, and in the comman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dements to ſeeke his God, he did it with all his heart, and proſpered.</hi> If then <hi>Princes</hi> in doeing the things they did, haue not donne them with all theire heart, but coldy, ſlowly, ſparingly, not timely, nor without greate importunitie, and that to ſtop mens mouthes; If in policie or for wordly ends, they haue conniued at poperie, ſuffered ſupplies and materials of warre to goe to theire aduerſaries in religion, thought they might ſoe far permit helpe to both ſides;
<note place="margin">2 Chro. 26.2.7.</note> or with <hi>Aſa</hi> haue <hi>ſought</hi> and <hi>made lauges</hi> with the aduerſaries of religion, and relied on them; noe maiuaile if theire defenſiue wars at home, and theire vndertakings abroade haue not ſucceeded well, which otherwiſe muſt needes haue proſpered. For if <hi>Princes</hi> that are men be ſomtime true, and firme to thoſe theire confederates of the ſame religion, that mutually ſeeke the good of each others Kingdom; how much more, muſt God needes be alwaies ſure to thoſe that ſincerely ſeeke his Kingdom? ſeeing he is Iuſtice it ſelfe, and Truth it ſelfe, yea al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mightie &amp; therefore of power to doe more for ſuch as cleaue to his cauſe, then Kings can for thoſe that adhere to them.
<note place="margin">Vor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>For the eyes of the Lord run to and fro throughout the whole Eareh, toſhew himſelfe ſtronge in the behalfe of them, whoſe heart is perfit towards him.</hi> Thus then the due preaching of the <hi>Word,</hi> doth not make the enemies thereof inuade the Nation that hath the ſame in
<pb n="36" facs="tcp:2471:27"/>eſteeme, or if it doe, God turnes the ſhame &amp; loſſe vpon the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uadors thereof, to the greater honour of ſuch as ſtick to his cauſe ſincerely, and with true zeale, as in <hi>England</hi> in the yeare 1588.</p>
               <p>Indeede true it is,
<note place="margin">Maintenance or ſufferance of Hereſies cauſeth ſedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uaſions.</note> that whe<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Rulers hinder God in his ordinan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces, by ſuffering the preaching and maintenance of errours, as that is plainly repugnant to Chriſts Kingdom, to the raigne of the <hi>Word</hi> reuealed; ſo hath it much infeſted and diſturbed the peace of all ſuch Kingdoms as haue permitted it. I might inſtance in the Iewes,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 11.48.</note> who beeing in polecie hinderers of the <hi>Word,</hi> and ſuffering and maintaining the oppoſers of Chriſts doctrine, came the ſooner to deſtruction. Howſoeuer this did the <hi>Arrian</hi> Hereſie in the times of the Emperours <hi>Conſtantius, Conſtans</hi> and <hi>Valens;</hi> A ſhort time ſufficeth not to recount the troubles, ſeditions, wars, loſſes and bloodſhed that followed therevpon, mentioned by <hi>Vincentius Lerinenſis</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Nee enim tantu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> affini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tates, cogna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiones, amici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiae, domus, verum etiam vrbes, populi, prouinciae, na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiones, vni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerſum poſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tremò Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num Imperiu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> funditus con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuſſum &amp; emotum eſt.</hi> Vin. cont. Haer. cap. 6.1. King. 4.24. &amp;c. Chap. 11.4.9.14. Chap. 12.15.</note>, as an example of Gods iudgments fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing the Suffererers and Supporters of errour. And that not only inteſtine amonge themſelues: but indeed the <hi>Emperours</hi> and <hi>Rulers</hi> permitting ſuch errours, and the ambitious riſing of the Popiſh Primacie, together with the intruſion of his authori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty and heatheniſh ſuperſtition, who now began to make the <hi>Word of God of none effect,</hi> with his pretended power &amp; <hi>traditions,</hi> God in iuſtice ſuffered and ſent the <hi>Gothes</hi> &amp; <hi>Vandals,</hi> and other heathen Nations to inuade and ſpoile the Empire and Churches of Chriſtendom: according to that which he did to the howſe of <hi>Salomon,</hi> who while he walked in the wayes of <hi>Dauid</hi> his father had peace, proſpered and grew rich and mightie, but when <hi>his Wiues turned away his heart after other Gods, the Lord was angrie with him, and ſtirred vp Aduerſaries vnto Salomo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, Hadad</hi> the <hi>Edomite</hi> &amp; <hi>Rezon,</hi> who did him &amp; his Kingdo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> much harme; alſo <hi>Ieroboam the Sonne of Nebat;</hi> and finally rent tenne Tribes from <hi>Rehoboam</hi> his Sonne: <hi>who hearkened not vnto the people: for the cauſe was from the Lord:</hi> who vſed this his auſtere anſwere as a meanes to pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niſh his and his fathers idollatrie. Euen as alſo in the time of the Iudges,
<note place="margin">Iud. 3.7.8.</note> when the <hi>children of Iſraell did euill in the ſight of the Lord; forgate the Lord theire God,</hi> and <hi>ſerued Baalim,</hi> and other Idols, it is ſaide,
<note place="margin">Verſ. 12. Chap. 4.2.</note> 
                  <hi>Therefore the Lord ſold them into the hands of theire ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies: The Lord ſtrengthened Eglon the King of Moab againſt Iſrael. The Lord ſold them into the hand of Iabin.
<note place="margin">Chap. 6.1.</note> The Lord deliuered them
<pb n="37" facs="tcp:2471:27"/>into the hand of Midian.</hi> Againe,
<note place="margin">Chap. 10.7.</note> Againe, <hi>He ſold them into the hands of the Philiſtines, &amp;c.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Errours are in effect idols. Heb. 13.8.</note>
               </p>
               <p>And let noe man ſay here, that the maintenance or ſufferance of Hereſie is a leſſe ſinne in <hi>Princes,</hi> then the maintenance or ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferance of Idols. For Chriſt is the eternall and vnchangeable <hi>Word of God: Ieſus Chriſt yeſterday and to day, the ſame alſo for euer.</hi> Whoſoeuer therefore ſetteth vp any new, or contrarie word againſt the <hi>Word</hi> of his grace, he ſetteth vp an idoll to be of men beleeued and reuerenced: <hi>The errours</hi> of Hereticks <hi>are ſtrange Gods,</hi> as
<note n="a" place="margin">
                     <hi>Qui ſunt D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>j alteni, niſier<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rores extra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nei, quos ig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norabas, id eſt noui &amp; in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>auditi?</hi> Vine. Lerien. aduer. haereſ. cap. 15 <hi>Photinus cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dita<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſibi ple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bem Dei per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſuadere coepit, vt ſequeretur Deos alienos, id eſt, errores extraneos, grauiter diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>putaret ac ſcriberet.</hi> Idem cap. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Vincentius Lirenenſes</hi> ſheweth. And therefore when <hi>Saint Iohn,</hi> who affirmeth Chriſt to be the <hi>Word,</hi> had ſaide of the Father, 1. Ioh. 5. <hi>Wee are in him that is true in his Sonne Ieſus Christ</hi> (that is true in his Word.) <hi>This</hi> (viz. this <hi>Word,</hi> this Sonne) <hi>is very God and eternall life;</hi> he addeth, <hi>Babes keepe youre ſelues from Idols.</hi> Viz. from all idols, as well errours as others. For while he ſaith of the Word, which was in the beginning, <hi>this is verry God;</hi> it followeth that whoſoeuer ſets vp a new and contrarie word, ſets vp an Idoll or falſe God, and is therein an Antichriſt: for therefore he ſaith of <hi>Cerinthus, Ebion</hi> and other Hereticks, and Deceiuers that brought in a new and contrarie word, (Chap. 2.) <hi>euen now are many Antichriſts:</hi> ſuch as would not haue the reuealed <hi>Word</hi> of God to rule in ſome matters of faith and ſaluation, but therein giue the Kingdom to the idols of theire owne braine, as all Hereticks doe.</p>
               <p>And here becauſe
<note n="b" place="margin">
                     <hi>Iuxta Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtolicam com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minationem <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>elagiano illi proueniſſe cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimusluliano.</hi> Idem cap. 40.</note> 
                  <hi>Iulian</hi> was a <hi>Pelagian,</hi> take an example in the <hi>Pelagians;</hi> who affirmed, that
<note n="c" place="margin">Ex Aug. de nupt. <hi>Homo no<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> na<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>tur cum originali pec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cato: peccatu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> originis no<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> eſt peccatu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>: quiae non eſt volun tarium.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Originall ſinne is nothing,</hi> and <hi>doth not make men guiltie of death.</hi> Contrarie to that Rom. 5.12. <hi>By one man ſinne entred into the world, and death by ſinne, and ſo death paſſed vpon all men, for that all haue ſinned.</hi> And verſ. 16. <hi>The iudgement was by one to condemnation.</hi> Verſ. 19. <hi>By one mans diſobe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience many were made ſinners.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Alſo for the free Will of an vnregenerate man to conuerſion: They affirmed
<note n="d" place="margin">Epi. Hila. ad Aug. <hi>Arb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>riu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ad hoc liberu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> aſſeru<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t, vt ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lit, vel nolit admittere medecinam</hi> Eph. 1.19.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>the will to be ſo free, that it can of it owne accord admit or refuſe cure:</hi> and ſo that <hi>thoſe that haue ſinned may by the power of nature repens without inward grace from the Spirit.</hi> Contrarie to that Epheſ. 2. <hi>Ye were dead in trespaſſes and ſinnes.</hi> Ioh. 5.25. <hi>The dead ſhall beare the voice of the Sonne of God,
<note n="e" place="margin">
                        <hi>No<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> quia v. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> vunt audiunt, ſed audiendo reuiſcunt.</hi> Aug. in 10. t. 19</note> and they that heare ſhall liue. Beeing borne againe not of corruptible ſeede, but of incorruptible, by the
<pb n="38" facs="tcp:2471:28"/>Word: not of blood &amp;c.</hi> Which places ſhew that an vnregenerate man hath noe more power actiuely and of it owne accord to ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mit or refuſe the regenerating power of Gods Word and Spirit, then a dead body hath to raiſe it ſelfe:
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.9.13.</note> which might be ſhewed in the <hi>conuerſio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> of Paul;</hi> Indeede there is a paſſiue power in the elect, who by God are made as fit to receiue illumination &amp; regenera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion by the <hi>Word,</hi> as a kandle vnlighted is to receiue light by ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther; which power is not in blocks and ſtones: but the kandle that is neere the light, doth not light it ſelfe; noe more is man lighted, but by the <hi>Word, the true light that lighteth euery man that commeth into the world. Which are borne not of blood, nor of the will of the fleſh, nor of the will of man, but of God.</hi> Therefore the Apoſtle ſaith,
<note n="*" place="margin">Eph. 2.3. to 10. Ier. 31.33. Ioh. 15.6. Rom. 5.5. Philip. 2.</note> that <hi>the exceeding greatnes of his power to vs-ward who beleeue, is according to the greatnes of his power, which he wrought in Chriſt, when he rai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed him from the dead:</hi> that it is of his grace and gift. God ſaith. <hi>I will put my Law in theire inward parts &amp;c. I will giue you a new heart, and a new ſpirit.</hi> Chriſt ſaith, <hi>Without me ye can doe nothing. The loue of God is ſhed abroade in our hearts by the holy Ghoſt. It is God which worketh in you both to will and to doe of his good pleaſure.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Alſo touching the ſignification of the word <hi>grace,</hi> They affir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med,
<note n="a" place="margin">Ex Aug. Epi. 105. <hi>gratiam illam, quam volebat I'ela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gius ſine vllis praecedentibus meritis dari, eſſe humana<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> natura<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> in qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> conditi ſu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus &amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>By grace is meant nature indued with reaſon and will;</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarie to that Epheſ. 2. <hi>By grace ye are ſaued through faith, and that not of youre ſelues, it is the gift of God.</hi> Alſo touching the cauſe of the increaſe of <hi>grace,</hi> They affirmed
<note n="b" place="margin">Ex concilio Dioſpolitano, <hi>Gratiam Dei ſecundum ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> meritae dari.</hi> &amp; Aug. de bono per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeuer. Cap. 2.</note> that <hi>by the workes of nature man promeriteth</hi> (or gaineth) <hi>the aide of grace.</hi> Contrarie to that Ro. 9.16. <hi>It is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that ſheweth mercie.</hi> And 1. Cor. 1.7. <hi>Who maketh thee to differ fro<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> another? and what haſt thou that thou didſt not receiue?</hi> And thus alſo they made <hi>foreſeene faith</hi> and <hi>good workes</hi> to be the
<note n="c" place="margin">Ex Hilar. Epiſt. <hi>Praede<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtinationem ad id valere conte<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>dunt, vt eos Praedeſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nauerit, vel praeſciuerit vel eligere propoſuerit, qui fuerant Credituri.</hi> Ex Proſperi Epiſ. ad Aug. <hi>Eos Praedeſtinaſſe in Regnum ſuum, quos gratis vocatos diguos futu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ros electione, &amp; de hac vitae bono fine ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceſſours eſſe praeuiderat.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>cauſes</hi> of praedeſtinatio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>. Contrarie to the Scriptures, which ſhew faith and good works to be fruits of election, and of his free grace in elec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting vs to be ingrafted into Chriſt <hi>the true vine,</hi> in whome wee beare fruite. Ioh. 15. Eph. 4.5.6. <hi>He hath choſen vs in him before the foundation of the world</hi> (not that wee were, but) <hi>that wee ſhould be holy and vnblamable before him in loue, &amp;c.</hi> 2. Tim. 1.9. <hi>He hath ſaued vs &amp; called vs with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpoſe and grace, which was giuen vs in Christ Ieſus before the world began.</hi> Rom. 9.11. to 20. <hi>The children
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:2471:28"/>beeing not yet borne, neither haueing donne any good or euill, that the purpoſe of God, according to election might ſtand, not of works, but of him that calleth &amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus then they preſumpteoufly held (againſt Gods Word which ſhould rule, againſt
<note n="*" place="margin">Epheſ. 156.</note> 
                  <hi>the good pleaſure of his will,</hi> and againſt <hi>the praiſe of the glorie of his grace</hi>) that a man is without originall ſinne, at leaſt that it makes him not guiltie of death; that ſuch a man in the ſtate of nature may of his owne free will, either reſiſt Gods conuerting power, or repent and be regenerated, and that without the helpe of Gods grace and Spirit; or if by grace, or at leaſt by helpe thereof, yet by grace in meant nature indued with reaſon and will; or if it be by aide of Gods grace, yet by the works of nature man promeriteth that aide of grace: and what more is, the works of nature, viz. the well vſing of free will and na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turall power is the cauſe of Predeſtination; and ſoe in effect of redemption, of vocation, iuſtification, glorification &amp; all: which theire groſſe errours (beeing alſo followed and mantained by the <hi>Arminians</hi> of our times, as the
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Pelagius re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diuiuus: Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ralleliſmus.</hi> With the ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond Parallel.</note> Parallel proueth) doe take the Kingdom, honour and power from the Word of God, from <hi>grace</hi> which ſhould <hi>raigne,</hi> Rom. 5.21. and giue it to nature and the foreſeene works thereof, yea all the honour and power of election, conuerſion and ſaluation from God, and his free grace and <hi>Power</hi> in Chriſt, and giue it to nature and the works thereof.</p>
               <p>Thus while they preſume to make to God a minde &amp; word out of theire owne, noe maruaile if they, to theeſe errours, adde others as preſumptuous againſt the perſeuerance of the Saints, and cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainty of ſaluation. For how ſhould they beleeue perſeuerance, that giue ſo much, and euen perſeuerance it ſelfe, where it is, to fraile nature? Men <hi>that are called into the grace of Christ,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gal. 1.6.</note> Men that <hi>ſtand by grace</hi> (Rom. 5.2.) and that <hi>are
<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 6.14. Gal. 5.4. Reu. 9.1. Iſai. 14.13.14</note> not vnder the Law, but vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der grace,</hi> will eaſely beleeue, that they that thus highly exalt nature <hi>are fallen from grace:</hi> Euen as the Starre is ſaide to <hi>fall from heauen,</hi> who would <hi>exalt his throne aboue the Starres, and be like the most high;</hi> that would be vniuerſall Biſhop, vſurpe Chriſts place, and take the Kingdom, the power and the glorie from the Father and his Word, and giue it to himſelfe and his traditions and er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rours of free will, merrits, ſatisfactions &amp;c. And how then ſhould they but fall away and doubt of the certainty of ſaluation, who
<pb n="40" facs="tcp:2471:29"/>build vpon ſuch rotten foundations of theire owne? the Saints may be more certaine: for theire perſeuerance and aſſurance is built vpon a <hi>ſurer Word:</hi> and not on ſuch <hi>Pelagian</hi> and Popiſh dreames &amp; nouelties, which indeed are doctrines of this World and Antichriſtian, not the <hi>Word</hi> of that <hi>Kingdom,</hi> which is <hi>not of this World;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ioh. 8.44.</note> but errours comming from the <hi>Father</hi> of lies, <hi>doctrines of deuils,</hi> and ſo meere <hi>Idols:</hi> cleane contrarie, ye ſee, and oppoſit to the whole purpoſe and ſcoape of Gods truth and new couenant of grace reuealed in the Goſpel, as might be ſhewed more at large, if many others had not alreadie donne it.</p>
               <p>The Pelagians therefore and Demipelagians, Papiſts, Armi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians and others of that ſtampe, who thus bringe doctrines con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarie to the Word of grace,
<note place="margin">Act. 13.8.10.</note> as with <hi>Elimas the ſorcerer</hi> they <hi>turne away Princes</hi> and Magiſtrates <hi>from the faith,</hi> and are therein <hi>chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren of the deuill, and enemies of all righteouſnes, peruerting the right waies of God;</hi> ſoe doe they not leſſe then ſet vp <hi>Idols,</hi> other words to rule mens ſoules, and to be reuerenced, beleeued &amp; followed, and conſequently draw the iudgments of God on that Kingdom or nation whereinto they intrude the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, and are therein noe better then ſeditious preachers in Chriſts Kingdom, mouers of rebellion and apoſtacie againſt Chriſt, if not traitors to thoſe <hi>Princes</hi> alſo, whome they perſwade to receiue them, to the extreme danger and hazard of theire Kingdoms: (as Biſhop <hi>Carlton</hi> alſo proueth pag. 214. againſt the <hi>Appealer</hi>) becauſe God almightie, that is euer iuſt, muſt needes doe to them, if they doe not repent and amend, as he did to thoſe Emperours and Kings, that ſuffered theeſe and the like errours in Saint <hi>Auguſtines</hi> dayes, when the <hi>Gothes</hi> and <hi>Vandals</hi> ouerran all: and as before that he had donne to <hi>Salomon</hi> and others in like caſe:
<note place="margin">1. King. 12.27.28.</note> and namely to <hi>Ieroboam,</hi> who when he and his councell in polecie to preſerue his owne King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom brought in ſome new doctrine and worſhip, ſet vp <hi>Idols, ſtretched out his hand againſt the prophet,
<note place="margin">Chap. 13.33.34. Chap. 16.2.3.</note> made preiſts of the loweſt of the people, and ordained high places,</hi> the text ſaith, <hi>This thinge be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>came ſinne vnto the howſe of Ieroboam, euen to cut it off, and to deſtroy it from of the face of the earth.</hi> Soe was it with <hi>Baaſha</hi> and others. And ſeing the Apoſtle ſaith, <hi>let noe ma<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> deceiue you with vaine words; for becauſe of theeſe things commeth the wrath</hi> of God;
<note place="margin">Epheſ. 5.6.</note> ſo muſt it needes be in the Chriſtian Church with them that maintaine or
<pb n="41" facs="tcp:2471:29"/>ſuffer errou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s: for therfore Chriſts ſaith to the Church of Thya<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tira, which <hi>ſuffered the woman Iezabel to teach and to ſeduce his ſer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nants: Behold I will caſt her into a bed, and them that commit adultry with her into greate tribulation, except they repent of theire deedes. And I will kill her children with death, &amp;c.</hi> Thus therefore muſt it needes fall out with thoſe Churches and ſtates that ſuffer the Bomiſh ſu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perſtition and lawes or other hereſies to be taught in theire do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minions, much more if they maintaine them, and ſoe co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>mit for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nication with that <hi>whore,</hi> or any other hereticall teachers. And this as I ſaide haue thoſe Emperors, Kings and <hi>Princes</hi> found, that haue either receiued (whether in polecie or otherwiſe) the er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rours of Heriticks, or the Antichriſtian doctrine of <hi>Rome;</hi> as for ſuffering of hereſies was inſtanced in ſome Emperours, and might be in many others. Now for poperie, it would be to longe to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cite the examples of Gods iudgments that fell vpon thoſe Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perours, Kings and <hi>Princes,</hi> or on theire iſſue and Kingdoms in <hi>Germanie, England, France, Spaine</hi> and other parts, who ſubiected themſelues o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> theire people and Kingdoms to the Popes Supre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>macie, and to his ſuperſtitions lawes, rites and errours, or tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſed with him in ſome of them: therefore omitting the moſt, obſerue only theeſe few.</p>
               <p>The Eaſterne Emperours,
<note place="margin">Iudgments that fell on tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſors in reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion.</note> 
                  <hi>Iuſtinian</hi> and after him <hi>Phocas</hi> in po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lecie the better, to recouer and keepe <hi>Italie,</hi> did the Popes much honour, and greatly furthered theire ſupremacie, who ſoone af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter (by Gods iuſt iudgment) in requitall ſetting themſelues againſt the Emperours theire ſucceſſors in the cauſe of Images made the greateſt part of <hi>Italie</hi> reuolt from the Emperours obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience. After this the Emperour <hi>Conſtantine</hi> 7. and his mother <hi>Irene</hi> to get the Popes fouour, and thereby to recouer ſome parts of the weſtern Empire, or keepe thoſe they had from reuolting, ſummon a ſecond councell at <hi>Nice;</hi> and there with ſtronge hand, they get the worſhipping of Images eſtabliſhed: which tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſing God ſoe curſed, that within twelue yeares after, God ſuf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered the more full reu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>lt and the Pope to crowne <hi>Charles</hi> the greate Emperour of the W<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ſt.</p>
               <p>The Emperours of <hi>Greece</hi> had longe held warre with the <hi>Turkes:</hi> at laſt leauing to truſt in God, and relying on humane polecie, to get the Popes fauour, and by his meanes the aide of
<pb n="42" facs="tcp:2471:30"/>Chriſtian <hi>Princes,</hi> the Emperour <hi>Iohn Paleologus</hi> brings the Ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſterne Biſhops to reconcile in all differences the <hi>Greeke</hi> Church to the <hi>Lat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Concil. Flo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. anno 1439.</note> and there in the councell of <hi>Florence,</hi> he gets them (beſides other articles) to agree that the ſoules of the faithfull that haue not yet ſatiſfied for their ſinnes <hi>goe to purgatorie:</hi> that the Pope of Rome <hi>is head of</hi> the vniuerſall Church &amp;c. The fruite of this earthly wiſdom was this, God ſuffered not the Pope to ſtirre vp <hi>Princes</hi> to reſcue him, but the Emperour to be wholly left, and <hi>Conſtantinople</hi> yea the Empire to be loſt within 14 yeares after that councell.</p>
               <p>The french King <hi>Henrie</hi> 4. a profeſſed Proteſtant, proſecuted by the <hi>leaguers,</hi> that he might poſeſſe life and Kingdom in peace went to maſſe, and let in the <hi>Ieſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ts:</hi> the iſſue was, God leſt him, and ſuffered him to die by a Ieſuited Vilaine; ſoe dangerous is temporiſing and newtralie in matters of religion. And thus <hi>Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neueile</hi> &amp; others letting in <hi>Arminiaiſme</hi> in the low countries, the States ſuffering it a while, ſeditions aroſe, whereby they had like to haue loſt thoſe prouinces, and ſo had, if by wiſdom and valour that traitour &amp; his complices had not beene ſodainly ſubiected, a Synod aſſemb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed, and ſome of the Arminians baniſhed: ſince when they haue had ſome better ſucceſſe; which might be a war<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning to <hi>England</hi> now infeſted with that pernicious Sect.</p>
               <p>Thus then it is not the preaching of Gods Truth, but the main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance or ſufferance of errours that hurteth and endangereth temporall Kingdoms. If <hi>Princes</hi> will not ſuffer the Lord to come into theire Kingdome and fight againſt ſuch hereticks <hi>with the Spirit of his mouth:</hi> that is, if they ſuffer not his Miniſters and Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uants with the <hi>Weapens of theire warfare,
<note place="margin">2. Cor. 10.</note> to caſt downe theeſe ſtronge holds,</hi> and <hi>high things exalted againſt the knowledge of God<g ref="char:punc">▪</g>
                  </hi> but for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bid or hinder then, then they may feare the iudgments written; becauſe this is to <hi>breake his bands</hi> aſunder, and <hi>caſt his cords</hi> from them,
<note place="margin">Heb. 10.</note> and indeede <hi>to tread vnder foote the Sonne of God</hi> (who is the Word) and <hi>doe despite vnto the Spirit of grace.</hi> And how then can God vphold theire Kingdom, that doe not indeauour to vphold his? or which doe not ſuffer thoſe that would, but rather hinder them?
<note place="margin">Pſa. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>Be wiſe now therefore,</hi> ſaith he, <hi>ô ye Kings &amp;c. ſerue the Lord with feare and trembling: Kiſſe the Sonne leſt he be angrie:</hi> and they had neede ſo to doe:
<note place="margin">Hoſ 13.1.</note> for <hi>when Ephraim ſpake trembling, he exalted
<pb n="43" facs="tcp:2471:30"/>himſelfe in Iſrael, but, when he offended in Baal, he died:</hi> God turned his bleſſings into puniſhments, his victories into loſſes, his glorie into ſhame.</p>
               <p>Now then as to the ſecond inference which the Iewes make here before <hi>Pilate,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Preaching of Gods Worde doth not mak<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> hearers ſtub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borne and ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditious.</note> and Heriticks and prophane perſons haue made at all times, and in all Kingdoms where the Goſpell hath beene freely preached: viz. that the daily preaching of the Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d reuealed in the New <hi>Testament,</hi> and the maintenance of the Truth there manifeſted, maketh the hea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ers ſtout, and ſtub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borne, if not contentious, hereticall and ſed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tious againſt theire Kings and Gouernours: I anſwer, that as it was in the <hi>Iewes,</hi> ſo is it in all others a meere ſlander, a wilfull cauill and calumnie, a Mache<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>illian trick of thoſe who loue not the <hi>Light</hi> of Gods Word, and whoſe deedes and practiſes, diſcouered thereby,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 3.</note> will not ſtand with it. When the Kingdom of God ſo comes into any Kingdom of this World, that the preaching of the Wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d is cour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenanced, and in all points receiued, it makes the ſame ſo happy both to <hi>Prince</hi> and people, that the one will not oppreſſe, nor the other rebell, though they be oppreſſed. Here let them not tell vs of the <hi>Waldenſes</hi> and others in <hi>France</hi> or <hi>Bohemia;</hi> who, rather then they would be compelled to idollatrie, or butchered and murthered, tooke vp defenſiue armes for theire liues, like the Iewes vnder <hi>An ioch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Epiphanes,</hi> of whoms is ſaide,
<note place="margin">Dan. 11.32.</note> 
                  <hi>The people that doe know theire God ſhall be ſtronge and doe exploicts.</hi> For noe Nation or commonwealth ſo peaceable &amp; obedient to Princes, as that wherein the Word is duly preached and raigneth: God giueth this bleſſing to the preaching of his <hi>Word,</hi> that in the Kingdoms where it is receiued and contenanced, the ſame is a bridle holding the heart, a rod awing the conſcience, making men ſuffer much rather then be rebellious: witnes this Kingdom of <hi>England,</hi> how free hath it beene from theeſe euills for theeſe 70. yeares, wherein the Goſpell hath beene preached and main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained?</p>
               <p>Whereas before in the time of Poperie,
<note place="margin">Where errours are maintained, there rebellions haue followed.</note> how many dangerous rebellions? what reſiſting of the <hi>higher powers?</hi> what killing of Officers and Magiſtrates? The people ioyne in rebellion with the Sonnes of <hi>Henry II.</hi> againſt theire owne Father: diuers alſo tooke part with the Traitour <hi>Becket;</hi> a Biſhop ſtouter in the Popes
<pb n="44" facs="tcp:2471:31"/>quarrell, then euer any ſince the falling of poperie hath beene in Chriſts. The ſubiects of King <hi>Iohn</hi> rebell, and many, ſtand out againſt him after he was reconciled to the Pope. The Ba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>on<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> and people for a few taxes and court fauories rebell againſt <hi>Henrie</hi> 3. in a longe and bloodie warre. Alſo vnder <hi>Edward<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi> the barons and people roſe againſt his fauorit <hi>Ga<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eſton,</hi> cut of his head, and held longe warres with the King for fauouring the <hi>Spencers;</hi> at laſt <hi>Mortimer</hi> and the Queene are aided to depoſe him. For a ſubſidie granted in Parliament to <hi>Richard</hi> 2. <hi>Iohn
<note n="*" place="margin">Or B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>l.</note> wall</hi> a Preiſt eaſely cauſed that greate and dangerous rebellion of <hi>wat Tiler</hi> and his companions, whome mulitudes of ignorant people follo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wed; after diuers armies are leauied by ſubiects againſt the King and his fauorits; at laſt the people revolt and he is depoſed and murdered. <hi>Owen Glender</hi> and others rebell againſt <hi>Henrie</hi> 4. <hi>Iacke Cade</hi> and others raiſed diuers ſtout rebellions againſt <hi>Henrie</hi> 6. The Yorkſhire men and diuers others for ſmall cauſes rebell againſt <hi>Edward</hi> 4. After his Brother <hi>Richard</hi> practiſeth, murdereth and vſurpeth, but not without helpe. Lord <hi>Louell</hi> and others raiſe rebellion in the North againſt <hi>Henrie</hi> 7. <hi>Lambert</hi> cauſeth another rebellion. A taxe impoſed by Parliament cauſeth another rebel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lion in the worth. After another ſmall Parliamentarie taxe cauſeth the <hi>Corniſh</hi> men rebell, and come with power as far as <hi>Kent.</hi> After others ioine with <hi>Perkin Warbeck.</hi> Vnder <hi>Henrie</hi> 8. beſides euill may day, the lincoln ſhire men rebell, and after them the northern men more then once.</p>
               <p>And yet you may finde it to haue beene formerly, and in this later age alſo, much worſe in other countries where poperie hath raigned, or doth ſtill raigne. Soe alſo was it lately amonge the <hi>Turkes,</hi> who for ſmall greiuances haue depoſed theire Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perours Killed <hi>Oſmond</hi> and his cheife officers; ſoe vnbridled and vnſtable are all forts of people that are not guided by the Word of God. And that alſo appeared by the moſt famous common wealths that euer were in the world, as the auncient <hi>Lacedemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians, Romans, Carthaginians</hi> and others, who wanting this bridle, all the wiſdom; power and lawes of all theire greateſt <hi>Princes,</hi> Senators and Philoſophers, ſufficed not to keepe the people in obedience, but vpon euery light occaſion they haue rebelled, reuiled, and killed theire Gouernours, and filled theire cheife cities with harliburlies, mutinies, rapins, murders &amp; alterations. The Popes of <hi>Rome</hi> themſelues after they began to keepe the
<pb n="45" facs="tcp:2471:31"/>people in ignorance, and to <hi>make the Word of God of none effect with theire traditions,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Anaſtatius in Vigilio.</note> haue no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> beene free from theire outrages and inſolercies, as wee may ſee in the liues of <hi>V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lius, Leo the</hi> third,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Zonar.</hi> to 3. pag 79.</note> 
                  <hi>Iohn</hi> the fourtenth<g ref="char:punc">▪</g> 
                  <hi>Gregory</hi> the fift, &amp; many others: and indeede, ſeeing they would not let them <hi>know the things, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hat belonged to theire peace,</hi> how could it be otherwiſe.</p>
               <p>Whereas here in <hi>England</hi> vnder the Goſpell,
<note place="margin">Gods Word makes the hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters luffer and be peaceable.</note> notwithſtanding all thoſe greiuances, whereof the commons haue of late yeares complained ſoe much in Parliaments, and now this laſt ſummer in theire remonſtrance of diuers leuies, and other things againſt theire priueleidges, the lawes, liberties and religion eſtabliſhed; of the increaſe of poperie, the freinds that Papiſt. &amp; <hi>Arminians</hi> haue had in court, and the carriage of many things at home and abroade by the late <hi>Duke</hi> and his faction, to the greate loſ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e and diſhonour of this Kingdom and aduantage of the aduerſaries: yet bleſſed be God, and to the honour of his Word preached, it may be ſpoken, noe man euer ſaw a ſword drawen to remedie theeſe things; but the commons and diuers of the Lords, haue ſtill ſought redreſſe by humble petition, and not as in time of po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perie, or as the Ieſuits hoped and practiſed, who loue to fiſh in troubled ſtreames. The <hi>Duke</hi> and others of his partie, that for the moſt part defeated &amp; preuented the howſe with whiſperings, and were ſoe greate freinds to Arminiaiſme and poperie, knew that the Goſpell awed Proteſtants, and kept them from armes &amp; reuenge; and that they could not haue eſcaped with ſoe many in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iuries donne to any other religion whatſoeuer: ſoe vnkinde in the meane while were theeſe detractours to that religion, by which cheifely vnder God they haue held theire liues &amp; honours, without the leaſt violence offered by ſuch as groaned vnder the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>.</p>
               <p>And whereas of late there hath beene ſome vnrulines in Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lours and Souldiers; If men conſider that the remonſtrance de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clareth the increaſe of poperie and Arminiaiſme, the fauour that thoſe of theeſe religions haue found of courtiers, as wel of Biſhops as others; that Schollars finde the latter <hi>the way to preferment;</hi> that orthodoxe preachers (though conformable in rites formerly commaunded) are not preferred, but rather moleſted &amp; oppoſed; lectures &amp; bookes againſt theeſe aduerſaries prohibited, or hin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> they will co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>feſſe, that this vnrulines of Saylours &amp; others comes rather from hence, that the preaching of Gods Truth,
<pb n="46" facs="tcp:2471:32"/>which reſtraineth all ſorts of people, is not ſo much countenan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced now, as formerlie, but inſteade thereof contrarie doctrines finde the fauour. The true knowledge and worſhip of God, beeing failed in the dayes of <hi>Salomon</hi> &amp; <hi>Rehoboam,</hi> then the people began to waxe ſtoute, to mutinie and reuolt.</p>
               <p>The preaching, manifeſtation and knowledge of Gods Word are the
<note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 2.3.</note> 
                  <hi>cords</hi> and <hi>bands</hi> of Chriſt, which hould &amp; reſtraine men; ſo that theeſe things, when they are countenanced, preuent ſuch mutinies, and ſau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Magiſtrates much labour in gouernment. The knowledge of Chriſt who is our <hi>wiſdom,</hi> maketh
<note n="†" place="margin">Soli qui ejus doctrina imbu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti ſunt pruden<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes dicendi ſunt Bern. de ordi. vit. Pſal. 18. Pſal. 66.7. Pſal. 76.10.12.</note> men wiſe. They are eaſely ruled by a few, whome God ruleth: <hi>It is God that ſubdueth the people vnder me,</hi> ſaith <hi>Dauid:</hi> and it is hard to gouerne them by many and wiſe whom the Lord doth not gouerne &amp; reſtraine, who <hi>ruleth by his power for euer,</hi> euen the <hi>rebellious; who restraineth wrath, ſtilleth the raging of the Sea, and the madnes of the people.
<note n="*" place="margin">Pſal. 127.1.</note> Except the Lord build the howſe, they labour in vaine that are builders of it. Except the Lord keepe the Citie the watch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man waketh but in vaine.</hi> For <hi>if they heare not Moſes and the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets,</hi> nor Chriſt and his Apoſtles, <hi>neither will they be perſwaded though one roſe from the dead.
<note place="margin">Heb. 4.</note> For the Word of God is mightie in ope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration &amp;c.
<note n="†" place="margin">2. Co. 10.5. Rom. 1.</note> Bringing into captinitie euery thought to the obedience of Christ:</hi> and conſequently to <hi>the higher powers,</hi> to whom he hath commaunded <hi>euery Soule</hi> to <hi>be ſubiect,</hi> as to <hi>the powers ordained of God.</hi> And that in euery ordinance that doth not reſiſt <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>he Word, or the manifeſtation thereof:
<note place="margin">Act. 4.19.</note> but if they doe, then <hi>whether it be right to hearken vnto you more then vnto God, iudge ye.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>If any ſay, that preaching and writing aboute Predeſtination, Free will, perſeuerance and the like, cauſe diſcord and trouble: I anſwer there may be a time, when men may be to buiſie and cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious in diſputing and writing on ſuch points, that is, when in them the Church is at reſt in the <hi>Truth</hi> But if <hi>Pelagians</hi> haue per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerted the truth in thoſe points, and infected people with the poiſen of theire doctrines, then it is noe time to forbid prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching, or writing againſt them. 1. Becauſe Pelagian &amp; <hi>Arminian</hi> Prelates may preſſe ſuch decrees with all power to ſuppreſſe Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodoxe labours in that kinde, and ſparing theire owne mens works at pleaſure, may preuaile thereby; and this were not to worke a right peace and vnion. 2. Becauſe the Truth of God
<pb n="47" facs="tcp:2471:32"/>muſt be vindicated, leaſt as a worthy Biſhop inferred,
<note place="margin">Biſhop Carlton Examinat. of the appeale. pag. 126.</note> the infection ſhould ſpread further, <hi>the greah myſteries of our ſalvation ſhould be ſhake<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>,</hi> &amp; by giueing <hi>libertie to theeſe beginings,</hi> a more generall <hi>apoſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tacie</hi> ſhould follow, &amp; that as much in other points, as in theeſe. 3.
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.41.</note> And principally becauſe Chriſt with <hi>teares</hi> ſayde to <hi>Ieruſalem</hi> of the myſteries he taught, that <hi>they were the things that belonged to her peace,</hi> wiſhes that ſhe had therefore <hi>knowne,</hi> and receiued the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>, becauſe he knew they would worke <hi>peace,</hi> and that when <hi>they were hid from her eyes,</hi> ſedition and ruin muſt needes follow; and ſoe they did, as ye may ſee in the Acts, <hi>Ioſephus</hi> and others.
<note place="margin">Act. 21.29.30.</note> Beſides as the faithfull Biſhop proueth, they are the <hi>Appealers</hi> doctrines,
<note place="margin">B. Carlton in Exam. p. 214.</note> if not confuted that endanger the State, though he ſay they <hi>are not</hi> ap<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ae natae <hi>to breede dangers:</hi> like a deſperate man that ſets a howſe on fire, and ſayes there is noe danger. <q>The ignorance of Gods Word, and Truth therein contained, ſoe deepely concer uing Gods glory, is able not only to breede <hi>danger,</hi> but to cauſe <hi>deſtructions</hi> of <hi>Curches</hi> and <hi>States.</hi> The <hi>Prophet</hi> complaineth that the people of the <hi>Iewes</hi> were <hi>deſtroud,</hi> and <hi>led into Captiuity for want of knowledge.</hi> Then the want of knowledge of God, and of the holy doctrines of Gods Word, is a thinge <hi>aptanata</hi> to throuw States and Kingdoms into deſtruction.</q> And the true knowledge thereof is a thinge <hi>apta nata</hi> to keepe States and people from de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtruction. To preuent ſuch ruins and the cauſe of them, apoſtacie from God, he ſaith, <hi>I deſired the knowledge of God: But they like men haue tranſgreſſed the couena<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t: there they haue dealt trecherouſly againſt me.</hi> Hoſ. 6.6. hindring knowledge &amp; peruerting his truth which beeing knowne maketh men <hi>free</hi> from feruing ſinne. Ioh. 8.32. Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 329. &amp;c.</p>
               <p>If therefore any that frequent ſermons haue beene ſeditious, contentious, hereticall or wicked, let noe man ſay that the prea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching of the Goſpell is any more the cauſe of it, then Chriſts preaching was of <hi>Iudas</hi> his treaſon; or the preaching and conuin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cing proofes of the Apoſtles, of the Simonie of <hi>Simon Magus,</hi> the <hi>diuiſions</hi> of the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> the hereſies of <hi>Himeneus, Philetus, Cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nithus</hi> and <hi>Ebion,</hi> the worldlines of <hi>Demas</hi> and inſolencie of <hi>Dio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trephes:</hi> when indeede the due preaching of the Word, and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uincing of Hereticks by it, are (as ye ſee by our Sauiours words to <hi>Ieruſalem,</hi>) the beſt meanes to reſtraine and amend ſuch diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orders, and to worke <hi>peace.</hi>
               </p>
               <pb n="48" facs="tcp:2471:33"/>
               <p>As therefore it was of old a meere trick and cauill of the Iewes to infer that preaching of the Goſpell maketh hearers ſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditious or diſobedient and fleeting; ſoe is it in theeſe dayes in ſuch as are the fauourers, or flaterers of poperie or Arminiaiſme, and theire ſupporters: Who though they know that Arminianiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>me is a meere ſtirrop to helpe men into the ſaddle of poperie, that to ſuffer theeſe is to prouide the <hi>Romiſh</hi> Aduerſaries freinds in Court and countrie, to make diuiſions in counſaile and action, and ſoe to make ſome ſwaied by conſcience giue them intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gence and aduantage in all treaties and warres; that theeſe ſects muſt needes fructifie and increaſe, if by preaching, writing, diſpu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting, countenance &amp; authoritie they be not the ſooner ſilenced: yet they ſtriue by deuiſes and calumnies to make <hi>Princes</hi> diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>countenance the preaching of the <hi>Word,</hi> and confutation of He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reticks by it, and rather in polecie to temporiſe with Popiſh <hi>Princes</hi> in ſome points of doctrine, which they are pleaſed to ſtile indifferent and reconcileable, or at leaſt diſputable, arbitrarie, and fit to procure peace and vnion with the more moderate Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſts, if not theire conuerſion. Neuer conſidering, or at leaſt not regarding,
<note place="margin">1. Cor 1.30. Vbinam q<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>o vera prudentia niſi in Chriſti doctrina? Ber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nar. vbi ſupra. Reu. 2.14.</note> that Papiſts doe not the like by vs, that it rather makes them more obſtinate and proud; that Chriſt the Truth <hi>is wiſdom vnto vs;</hi> that therefore Chriſtians muſt not in polecie admit communion with the leaſt errour in faith, much leſſe with theeſe <hi>Pelagian</hi> Blaſphemes; that to call for ſome yealding and vnion in theeſe things is <hi>Balaams doctrine, to caſt a ſtumbling blocke before people,</hi> to make them fall to ſpirituall fornication: for this is to make way for mens falling to Arminianiſme, &amp; ſoe to poperie; for the increaſe of theeſe Sects and theire partie and freinds; and finally that all this is the direct way to prouoke the Lord, who <hi>is a iealous God,</hi> to <hi>viſit</hi> theeſe <hi>ſinnes,</hi> whereſoeuer they be; as he hath in all ages donne the like,
<note n="*" place="margin">Epheſ. 5.6.</note> to the greate puniſhment of ſome Kingdoms, and ruin of others; as was inſtanced in ſundrie exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples; and in a Word that ſuch worldly pollecies, can not be of God, nor make for his Kingdom and ſeruice, who againſt all theeſe and the like faith, <hi>my Kingdom is not of this World:</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If my Kingdom were of this world,
<note place="margin">Chriſts proofe.</note> then would my Seruants fight, that I ſhould not be deliuered to he Iewes</hi> This is Chriſts proofe or reaſon; as if he ſaide, If my Kingdom were of this world, and as
<pb n="49" facs="tcp:2471:33"/>the Iewes pretend, deragatorie or praeiudiall to <hi>Caeſars</hi> by the power thereof; which power in Kingdoms of this World doth commonly conſiſt of ſtrength in ſubiects: then would mine fight for theire King, in hope of offices or honours, at leaſt of Wordly protection vnder him: but behold they doe not fight for me, as not expecting for theire ſeruice any ſuch things, but rather
<note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 16.33.</note> 
                  <hi>afflic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,</hi> as I haue taught them: therefore they haue all forſaken me, and are fled from me, <hi>the Shepheard is ſmitten, and the ſheepe are ſcattered;</hi> there is not one man ſtands to me to defend me from the Iewes by ſword or Word, that I ſhould <hi>not be deliuered</hi> to them.</p>
               <p>This is ſomwhat a paſſionate ſpeech proceeding from the greate diſcomfort of his Soule, that not one ſtuck to him: for though it be true that when one <hi>that was with him drew his ſword, and ſtroke a ſeruant of the high Preist,</hi> and <hi>cut of his eare,</hi> he healed him, and checked the ſmiter: yet the ſame as well as the reſt for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſooke him, and fled or denied him; and that could not chooſe but greiue him: yea that they did not ſo much as ſtay with him to witneſſe, ſpeake and conteſt for his innocencie, and ſo fight the good fight of faith for him with <hi>the ſword</hi> of the Spirit,
<note place="margin">1. Tim. 6.12. 2. Tim. 2.1.3</note> like good <hi>Souldiers</hi> of Chriſt, at leaſt by confeſſing him in that day of his ſorrow and bitter Paſſion, when he was ſo extremely reuiled and ſlandered: but on the contrary one denies him, all forſake him: this was a greate greife: <hi>though he had donne noe violence,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 53.9.10.</note> neither was any deceite in his mouth, yet it pleaſed the Lord to bruiſe him, and put him to greife:</hi> &amp; namely to this greife of beeing forſaken of all them to whome he had beene ſo loueing and gracious; and for whom he was now ready to lay downe his life, to free them from the bondage of ſinne and Satan, from the wrath of God and hell fire; and to purchaſe, heauen and euerlaſting glory for them: yet not one to fight for him, <hi>nec gladi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s, nec argumentis.
<note place="margin">Lament. 1.12.</note> O conſider this all ye that paſſe by, if there were euer ſorrow like this ſorrow!</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And can it chooſe but greiue him now thinke wee, that of them that may, ſo few <hi>Princes</hi> fight for him with theire ſwords &amp; lawes? ſo few Schollars with the <hi>ſword of the Spirit?</hi> nay, that ſome who profeſſe themſelues his Miniſters, fight for <hi>Pellagian</hi> errours againſt him? Others to proue the Church of Rome to be a true Church of Chriſt, which yet they confeſſe to be <hi>Babylon</hi> &amp; fallen?</p>
               <pb n="50" facs="tcp:2471:34"/>
               <p>Her Biſhop taking on him to be vniuerſell Biſhop, is ſaide to be <hi>a ſtarre fallen from Heauen:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">The Church of Rome can not be a true Church of Chriſt. Reu. 9.</note> that muſt needes be from the true Church, and ſo therefore muſt the membres of that Church that approue or follow him therein, &amp; in other his errours: for though he be ſaide to <hi>ſit in the Temple of God,</hi> this proues not the Church of Rome to be a true Church of Chriſt, but the contrarie. For in a viſion the Church of Chriſt is ſet out to <hi>Saint Iohn</hi> by the old <hi>Temple of the Iewes:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 11.1.2. Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 212.</note> But in the <hi>meaſuring</hi> of it, <hi>The court without,</hi> which of old was the greater &amp; more viſſible part of the <hi>Temple,</hi> that into which the people came <hi>to pray,</hi> which was called <hi>the Temple,</hi> and which ſeemeth ſo to be in the viſion, muſt not be <hi>meaſured;</hi> but <hi>Saint Iohn</hi> is commaunded to <hi>leaue</hi> or caſt <hi>it out;</hi> that is, not to reckon it the Church of Chriſt, as not continuing in the Word, and ſo not in Chriſt, but fighting againſt thoſe that doe: Which things are ſo apparant in the Church of <hi>Rome,</hi> that therefore her head the Pope, and her true members are in Gods account as <hi>Gentiles</hi> or heathen: many of
<note n="*" place="margin">See the Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginall of Idol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latries printed an. 1624.</note> whoſe idollatries and ſuperſtitious rites and ceremonies they haue taken vp, and vſed with verrie litle alteration: therefore that part of the <hi>Temple</hi> ſignifying this Church, is reckoned heatheniſh, not to be other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe <hi>meaſured:</hi> and they that are of it as heathen <hi>Gentiles: for it is giuen to the Gentiles:</hi> And not in the other part, but in this Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chriſt ſits, and ſo is ſaide to ſit in the Temple of God; in that part to which God hath right as well as to the reſt, though it be po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſed &amp; vſurped by one that ſits as it were for Chriſt, but com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maunding things contrarie to the Word, and ſo ſhewing <hi>himſelfe that he is God;</hi> that is moſt maiſter in thoſe things, and one whoſe lawes binde in matters of faith, and muſt be obeied: though this Church hold ſome of Chriſts doctrine, (as other hereticall churches haue donne) yet by other doctrines and traditions con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarie to the Word, ſhe makes <hi>the Word of God of none effect,</hi> and indeede warreth againſt the true Church and the members there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of, and they againſt her: <hi>Seauen Angells come</hi> out of the true Church, and powre out theire vials vpon her and other enemies; and her members <hi>blaspheme his Name,</hi> that is his <hi>Word:</hi> therefore God will not haue her reckoned to be his; he will only haue the inward roomes meaſured for his Temple, with them that <hi>worſhip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped</hi> therein,
<note place="margin">Reu. 14.9.</note> 
                  <hi>the holy place place, the Altar, with the moſt holy place.
<pb n="51" facs="tcp:2471:34"/>which was the Arke of the Teſtament;</hi> which <hi>John</hi> ſaw there when it was opened: there was noe other Word therein, none in Chriſts true Church but Gods <hi>Teſtament;</hi> noe other Word receiued in matters of faith and ſaluation; the Papiſts, in receiuing Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chriſts, are not of this Church, but
<note n="*" place="margin">Character of a Chriſtian pag. 214. and 288.</note> are ſaide to haue
<note n="*" place="margin">ſee pag. 292.</note> 
                  <hi>the marke of the Beaſt,</hi> to worſhip him and to fight for him againſt Chriſt, eſpecially ſince the Councell of <hi>Trent,</hi> for which hell fire is aſſured to them. Now it is not poſſible that they that are ſo <hi>marked,</hi> ſoe fight, &amp; ſhalbe ſoe tormented ſhould be a true Church of Chriſt, or of it. Her oft pronounced <hi>fall,</hi> her ſcarlet die in the blood of the ſaints, her fighting againſt them, and againſt Chriſt that ſits on the <hi>white horſe,</hi> and <hi>whoſe Name is called the Word of God;</hi> her cup,
<note place="margin">Reu 19.</note> and <hi>names of blaſphemie,</hi> with diuers other things doe all proue the contrarie; but to leaue her: wee heare what Chriſt ſaith before <hi>Pilate, If my Kingdom were of this world then would my ſeruants fight that I ſhould not be deliuered to the Iewes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Yet ſurely as for fighting with ſwords to keepe him,
<note place="margin">Why Chriſts ſeruants did not then fight for him. Mat. 26.53.</note> at that time, from beeing ſurpriſed, taken and deliuered to the Iewes, he ſaith to him that <hi>ſmote the high Preiſts ſeruant, Thinkeſt thou not that I can not non pray to my Father, and he ſhall preſently giue me more then twelue legions of Angels? But how then ſhall the Scriptures be fulfilled,</hi> which ſhew, <hi>That thus it muſt be?</hi> and after his reſurrec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion he ſaide, <hi>Thus it is written, and thus it behooued Chriſt to ſuffer:</hi> euen thus, that of his ſeruants not one ſhould then fight for him to reſcue him: thus it behooued then: not that they were bound to forſake him; but that though they ſhould haue followed, and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fended him by all lawfull meanes; yet thus it behooued <hi>him</hi> to ſuffer, thus forſaken of all, that the Scriptures might be fulfil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led.</p>
               <p>But doth it behooue him now he is riſen and entred into his glorie,
<note place="margin">That there is not the ſame reaſon now.</note> that thus he ſhould ſuffer forſake<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> in his cauſe in his mem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bers? that men ſhould not now fight for him? Surely noe: For he ſheweth that his ſeruants ſhould ſtick to him, and follow him better after his reſurrection; then they muſt confeſſe him, and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teſt for him before <hi>Kings</hi> &amp; Princes, and euen Emperours Kings and Princes ſhould fight for him and his cauſe when they ſhould embrace the Chriſtian faith; greate rewards are propounded <hi>to him th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t ouerommeth,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 2.</note> which though it be principally meant with
<pb n="52" facs="tcp:2471:35"/>
                  <hi>the ſword of the Spirit:</hi> yet in Princes that may draw theire ſwords to deſend the faith, it may alſo be taken that way. When <hi>Iohn</hi> ſaw <hi>them that had gotten the victorie ouer the Beaſt,
<note place="margin">Reu. 15.2.</note> and ouer his Image, and ouer the number of his Name,</hi> queſtionles there were amonge theeſe ſome Princes, Captaines, Souldiers, States men, and Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giſtrates, that did it, or helped to doe it by theire ſwords &amp; lawes, as well as others that did it by preaching, diſputing and writing: for wee know the Beaſt and whore are both to be ouercome by fire and ſword;
<note place="margin">Reu. 14. cap. 18. &amp; cap. 19.</note> and not only by the ſword of the ſpirit. Chriſt is the <hi>Prince of the Kings of the earth:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 1.5.</note> therefore they ought all to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fend the faith of Chriſts, to defend the <hi>Word,</hi> and his cauſe both by theire lawes and ſwords: and alſo to ſuffer any of theire ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iects to maintaine it againſt all Heriticks and ſeducers by the ſword of the ſpirit, and noe man to forbid them.</p>
               <p>For the firſt, <hi>He is the King of Kings and Lord of Lords,</hi> &amp; the<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>refore they ought to follow him, &amp; be led by him to fight againſt Antichriſt and his ſupporters and againſt his other enemies, yea not to fight for him and his Kingdom now may proue a curſe to them, as of old <hi>to Meroz and the Inhabitants thereof that came not to the helpe of the Lord againſt the mightie.</hi> For though it be true that the Reuelatio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſaith of the Kings, <hi>which are the hornes of the Beaſt. Theeſe haue one minde,
<note place="margin">Reu. 17.13.</note> and ſhall giue theire power and ſtrength vnto the Beaſt:</hi> Yet this doth but ſhew the ſinne theeſe Kings would fall into, committings <hi>Fornication</hi> with the whore, by enforcing the Beaſts, and her lawes on theire owne ſubiects, or ſuffering An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichriſt and his miniſters to ſeduce them: which is accounted a wicked warre againſt Chriſt, though he at the laſt ouercome them: therefore it is added,
<note place="margin">verſ. 14.</note> 
                  <hi>Theeſe ſhall make warre with the lambe, and the lambe ſhall ouercome them:</hi> (viz. with the ſpirit of his mouth, the power of the Word preached, and written:) <hi>For he is the Lord of Lords, and King of Kings, and they that are with him</hi> (viz. that fight againſt theeſe Kings with the ſword of the ſpirit to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uince them by preaching or writing) <hi>are called and choſen and faithfull.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ioh. 3.8.</note> Called of God, whoſe <hi>Spirit bloweth where it</hi> liſteth;
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Cor. 12.11 pſa. 8. mat. 21. Luk. 19.40. Reu. 1.6.</note> 
                  <hi>Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uiding to euerie man ſeuerally as he will:</hi> and who <hi>out of the mouths of Babes and ſucklings ordaineth ſtrength,</hi> and who would make the <hi>Stones to ſpeake if theeſe ſhould hold theire peace.</hi> And let noe man obiect theire baſenes: for he hath made them <hi>Kings and
<pb n="53" facs="tcp:2471:35"/>preiſts vnto God his Father;</hi> and ſoe much the fitter for this worke. They are alſo <hi>Choſen</hi> by him. <hi>For ye ſee youre calling brethren,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Cor. 26.27 28.29.</note> ſaith Paul to the Corinthians, <hi>how that not many wiſe men after the fleſh, not manie mightie not many noble are called, But God hath Choſen the fooliſh things of this world to confound the wiſe, the weake things of the world to confound the mightie &amp;c. That noe fleſh ſhould glorie in his preſence.</hi> They are alſo <hi>faithfull;</hi> they doe not <hi>bauke the cauſe of God,</hi> and for the richers or honours that theeſe <hi>Kings,</hi> or theire fauorits, or the Beaſt, or ſeducers ofter them, they doe <hi>not call euill good and good euill, put darkeneſſe for light nor light for darkneſſe,</hi> that is errour for truth and truth for errour;
<note place="margin">Iſa. 5.20.</note> nor doe they <hi>iuſtifie the wicked for a reward, and take away the righteouſnes of the righ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teous man from him:</hi> but with the pſalmiſt <hi>they ſpeake the truth that is in theire heart;
<note n="*" place="margin">Reu. 14.5.</note> In theire mouth was found noe guile.</hi> And with Paul they ſet themſelues againſt ſeducers, as he againſt <hi>Elimas,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 13.</note> that ſought to <hi>turne away the deputie from the faith, and to peruert the right way of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And when ſome of theeſe Kings and States are conuerted. From poperie to Chriſt, that is when a <hi>tenth part of the citie</hi> ſeated on many waters <hi>fell</hi> from the Church of Rome to the Goſpell,
<note place="margin">Reu. 11.13.15.</note> or ſoone after, it is ſaide, <hi>The Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Chriſt, and he ſhall raigne for euer and euer.</hi> Becauſe, not the Beaſt but the Word doth now gouerne Soules in them. They therefore that are proteſtant Princes, and foe haue giuen theire names to Chriſt againſt Antichriſt, ſhould draw theire ſwords and not ſuffer any of theeſe Kingdoms, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uinces or cities to be wo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ne againe by the ſword or ſeducers from Chriſt, to poperie; but rather indeauour to winne from the Beaſt and his vpholders; and as ſoone as may be to execute vpon the whore <hi>the iudgment written,</hi> ſeeing <hi>ſuch honour haue all his ſaints;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Pſa. 149.9 Reu. 17.</note> and it is ſaide, they <hi>ſhall make her deſolate and naked and burne her with fire:</hi> and herein they are ſaide to <hi>follow Chriſt:</hi> the warre the<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>refore is not bloodie and vniuſt: for it is ſaide there,
<note place="margin">chap. 19.14. verſ. 11.13.</note> 
                  <hi>In righteouſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes doth he iudge and make warre, and his name is called the Word of God,</hi> and that the <hi>armies followed him vpon white horſes clothed in fine li<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>en white and cleane:</hi> and conſequently the blood of theeſe his enemies doth not defile them: for they follow the <hi>Word</hi> of God, and fight for his Kingdom, who is the <hi>Word,</hi> againſt theſe
<pb n="54" facs="tcp:2471:36"/>that oppoſe the <hi>Word,</hi> and make him and his Kingdom of none effect with theire traditions and errours. Therefore though peace can neuer be ſufficiently commended; yet it can not be good to haue peace with her, nor with thoſe Kings that fight her battailes to ſupport and propagate her Kingdom, eſpetially when they are in thoſe warres, as in theeſe dayes, ſtriueing to bringe all to her obedience.
<note place="margin">Reu. 19.6.</note> When <hi>Rome</hi> which is the greate whore is burned, a <hi>greate voice</hi> is heard, <hi>Saying, Alleluia, for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.</hi> Whereas before, not the <hi>Word,</hi> but ſhe gouerned the Soules of thouſands in matters of faith and ſaluation.</p>
               <p>And will they then be ſlack in giueing theire weapous, mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neies, labours and counſailes to this worke? the Papiſts and theire Princes are not ſo in theire warres againſt vs to bringe vs to the Popes obedience. Wee are to remember what Chriſt ſaith, <hi>He that is not with me is againſt me.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Epiſ. Winton. Tortura Tor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti. in Epiſt.</note> And therefore as a greate Prelate ſaide in a like caſe, <hi>This cauſe is of that kinde where when a man gathereth not with Chriſt, he ſcattereth with Christs aduerſarie, where vnleſſe one deliuer the faith, neither ſhall he deliuer his ſoule.</hi> Alſo <hi>when the common cauſe is brought into danger, let no man be a ſpecta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tour, but euery one an actour: and when the cauſe of all men is handled, there with all power and labour, with all ſtudie and indeauour to ſkir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miſh ſtoutly for it. And herein in what low ſtate ſoeuer a man be, yet let him be a Christian.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Aug. de pee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cat. merit. 18.</note> And as Auguſtine ſaith, <hi>Neither is there any midle place for any man, that he can be with any other then the deuil, who is not with Chriſt.</hi> That alſo is true of Princes in this caſe of warre, <hi>They that are with him, are called, and choſen and faithfull.</hi> They are not like <hi>the children of Ephraim, who beeing armed and carrying bowes turned back in the day of battaile:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 17.14. Pſal. 78.8.9. See Character of a Chriſtian Pag. 217.</note> they doe not on euery flight occaſion deſiſt and ſtart aſide <hi>like a broken bow.</hi> Or which is all one, they doe not truſt the managing of theeſe wars, and the counſailes thereto belonging, to ſuch as are newters, lukewarme or temporiſing <hi>Arminians;</hi> much leſſe to any that are apparantly Popiſh, and ſo will ſooner betray forces, and coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſailes, or bringe them to nothing, then rightly vſe them againſt the Beaſt or his ſupporters; but they are like good Souldiers of Chriſt, watchfull and carefull to doe this worke, or ſee it donne with all zeale and diligence; and like the Aduerſaries, they truſt none to be commaunders or councellours herein, but ſuch as they
<pb n="55" facs="tcp:2471:36"/>finde by experience to be truly zealous in the cauſe of Religion: whatſoeuer they doe this way, <hi>in the worke of the Lord,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2. Chron. 31.21.</note> with <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zechiah,</hi> they <hi>doe it with all theire heart;</hi> and like thoſe firſt con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerts in the Acts, who did <hi>things with gladnes and ſinglenes of heart.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 2:46:</note> Thus faithfull are they that are with Chriſt in his warres againſt the Beaſt, and his adherents. But to leaue the further proſecution of this point to a Treatiſe of <hi>Romes Ruin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Notwithſtanding all theeſe things and diuers others that might be alleadged to this purpoſe, the Papiſts without any greate reſi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtance of auxiliarie forces, haue acheiued many notable victories, and greatly triumph in the Prouinces and Cities they haue redu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced to the Romiſh obedience. In diuers Kingdoms, Prouinces and Cities, where the Goſpell of the Kingdom hath beene freely preached, where the Word hath raigned, they haue in a manner excluded him and his Kingdom, and ſubiected the people to Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſh ſuperſtition, errour and ſeruitude: ſo that though Chriſt be now in his glorie, wee may as it were here him againe, &amp; againe complaining, and reſounding theeſe words againſt thoſe <hi>Poten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tates</hi> and <hi>States,</hi> that are cold in defending and maintaining his cauſe, <hi>My Kingdom is not of this world, for if my Kingdom were of this world, then would my Seruants fight that I ſhould not be deliuered</hi> in <hi>Garmanie, Bohemia, Sileſia, the Palatinate, Denmarke, Rochel,</hi> and other parts, to the <hi>Emperour,</hi> the Duke of <hi>Bauaria,</hi> the <hi>French King,</hi> the <hi>King of Spaine</hi> and other Champions of the Romiſh religion; who ſubiect all they can to the Romiſh Beaſt and his re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion: If my Kingdom were of this world that men might get <hi>Earldoms,</hi> Dukedoms and other places of proffit or honour by fighting for me, as the <hi>Duke of Bauaria, Spinola, Tillie</hi> and ſome others haue gotten by fighting on the contrarie part, then would my Seruants truly fight for me, that I ſhould not be deliuered in my Goſpel, my Kingdom, my Body, my Church and members to the Pope, and theeſe Popiſh Princes, that fight feircely to ſubiect people to him; as if I were euer to ſuffer, and as if Princes had beene perſwaded, that they doe God ſeruice, who doe not fight ſo earneſtly and ſeriouſly for me; but ſuffer me to be deliue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red to mine aduerſaries, Antichriſt and his Adherents. If there haue beene any ſuch perſwaders in Princes Courts, who to get money or preferment of ſome Popiſhly affected, haue hindred
<pb n="56" facs="tcp:2471:37"/>timely ſupplies, by caſting in flattering ſcruples, exclaiming againſt theeſe defenſiue and aiding wars, extolling peace or the like, while the aduerſaries haue proceded and preuailed, they haue cauſe to feare, that the iuſt Iudge of all the world will finde this litle better then plaine treacherie; that howſeuer it may alſo be ſaide to them by Chriſt, <hi>my Kingdom is not of this world: for if my Kingdom were of this world then would</hi> theeſe be <hi>my Seruants,</hi> and <hi>fight for me;</hi> at leaſt by theire perſwaſions, councels and purſes, that I ſhould not be deliuered to Antichriſt or his champions. For wee may be ſure,
<note place="margin">Act. 9.4.</note> that he that ſaide, <hi>Saul, Saul, why perſecuteſt thou me?</hi> is ſenſible of all the miſeries that his Church and euery member thereof, haue of late ſuffered by trecherie, officious flat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terie, want of ſupplies or the like; and that he <hi>is yeſterday, and to day, and the ſame alſo for euer,</hi> in whoſe Word this is written, <hi>Curſe ye Meroz,
<note place="margin">Iud. 5.23.</note> ſaide the Angel of the Lord, curſe ye bitterly the inhabitants thereof: becauſe they came not to the helpe of the Lord, to the helpe of the Lord againſt the mightie.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Secondly that Princes ought themſelues to <hi>maintaime the truth of the Goſpel,</hi> and to ſuffer any of theire ſubiects to <hi>maintaine</hi> it againſt all Heriticks and ſeducers, this is plaine by many places of Scripture; by this that they are enioined <hi>to be nurſing Fathers and nurſing mothers;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iſa. 49.23. Chap. 60.16:</note> by this, that <hi>Dauid, Ieboſhaphat, Hezechia</hi> and <hi>Ioſias</hi> did maintaine the truth of Gods Word, putting downe falſe prophets and Idollators, and commaunding others to inſtruct people in the true knowledge of Gods <hi>Word;</hi> that thoſe that put downe idollatrie, and falſe Prophets are commended; thoſe that ſuffered them, or but the <hi>high places</hi> are condemned: by this that the Angels of <hi>the ſeauen Churches</hi> are blamed,
<note place="margin">Reu. 2.14.</note> one for ſuffering there ſome that taught <hi>the doctrine of Balaam,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>orſ. 20.</note> others to hold the <hi>doctrine of the Nicolaitans,</hi> another for <hi>ſuffering the woman Iezabel to ſeduce.</hi> For if theeſe things were found faults in the <hi>Angels,</hi> which were Paſtors or Biſhops; how much more may Chriſt lay them, or the like faults to Princes and States, who are armed with more power to repreſſe, puniſh and helpe ſuch things? and who beeing <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>urſing Fathers</hi> ſhould ſtriue to ſaue the Church and members thereof from Antichriſt and all Herticks and ſeducers, as parents and <hi>nurſes</hi> doe theire children from beaſts and wicked people, that would bite, deuoure and miſleade them.</p>
               <pb n="57" facs="tcp:2471:37"/>
               <p>Neither ought they to hinder any of his Seruants from figh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting for him with the <hi>ſword of the ſpirit,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Epheſ. 6.17.</note> which <hi>Sainct Paul</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maunded the <hi>Epheſians to take:</hi> ſaying alſo to the <hi>Philipians,
<note place="margin">Philip. 1.7.</note> In the defence and confirmation of the Gospell, ye all are pertakers of my grace.</hi> Therefore he willeth them <hi>to ſtand faſt in one ſpirit, with one minde, ſtriueing together for the faith of the Gospell.
<note place="margin">Verſ. 27.</note> And in nothing terrified by theire aduerſaries.</hi> Not to multiplie many proefes in a point ſo cleare, <hi>Saint Iude</hi> in his generall Epiſtle ſaith vnto all, <hi>It was needefull for me to write vnto you,
<note place="margin">Iude 3.</note> and exhort you that you ſhould earneſtly contend for the faith that was once deliuered to the Saints:</hi> that is againſt all new and contrarie doctrines. Yet neither by theeſe nor by any other places doe I vnderſtand with any Sepera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſts or other Sectaries, that lay men may preach, but that they, or rather ſuch only of them, as God hath enabled, may conteſt and write in defenſe of the faith againſt all aduerſaries. Thoſe <hi>fooliſh &amp; weake things of the world,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Cor. 1.27.28. Ioh. 3.8.</note> haue of God a calling as they are Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtians, <hi>to confound the wiſe and mightie:</hi> for the <hi>Corinthians</hi> had it: <hi>The winde bloweth where it liſteth:</hi> ſo doth the Spirit,
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Cor. 12.11. 1. Pet. 4.10.</note> 
                  <hi>diuiding to euery man ſeuerally as he will.</hi> And thus <hi>Saint Peter</hi> ſaith in his ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerall Epiſtle to all, <hi>As euery man hath receiued the gift, euen ſoe miniſter the ſame to another as good ſtewards of the manifold grace of God. If any man ſpeake, let him ſpeake as the oracles of God.</hi> At our Baptiſme wee all, when wee are <hi>receiued into the congregation of Chriſts flocke,</hi> are obliged <hi>not to be aſhamed to confeſſe the faith of Christ crucified, and manfully to fight vnder his banner againſt ſinne, the world and the Deuil, &amp; to continue Chriſts faithfull Souldiers and Seruants to our liues ende.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And if lay men, eſpetially thoſe to whome God hath giuen gifts fitting, be thus obliged; how much more are all Biſhops, Paſtors and Miniſters of the Church? they are <hi>Souldiers</hi> ſo bound to it, that they ſhould not intangle themſelues with the <hi>affaires of this life,</hi> as the Apoſtle ſaith to <hi>Timothie,
<note place="margin">2. Tim. 2.3.4.</note> Noe man that warreth in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tangleth himſelfe with the affaires of this life.</hi> They are blamed, if they ſuffer any errour in doctrine, as ye may ſee in the Epiſtles to the <hi>ſeauen Churches of Aſia,</hi> where perticular Paſtors, or Biſhops are taxed of negligence herein:
<note place="margin">Act. 20.17.28.29.30.</note> and in the charge <hi>Paul</hi> giues to <hi>the Elders,</hi> to <hi>take heede to the flocke ouer which the holy Ghoſt had made them ouerſeers,</hi> or Biſhops, <hi>to feede the flocke,</hi> and to keepe
<pb n="58" facs="tcp:2471:38"/>them from <hi>Wolues,</hi> and <hi>ſpeakers of pernerſe things.</hi> Alſo to <hi>Timothie</hi> and <hi>Titus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1. Tim. 1.18 chap 2.3.25. Tit. 1.9. 2. Cor. 10.</note> that they <hi>ſhould warre a good warfare, as good Souldiers of Ieſus Chriſt; instructing thoſe that oppoſe themſelues,</hi> and conuincing <hi>the gainſayers,</hi> ſuch as <hi>Himeneus, Philetus</hi> and others. That to this ende <hi>the weapons of
<note n="*" place="margin">Ideo fortes eſſe dicuntur quia Praelati Sancti Eccleſiae perfecti ſunt in obſeruatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne mandaroru<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Domini: om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes tenentes gladios, id eſt ſpirituale ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bum quia pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicando vitia Subditorum debent repri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mere. Ber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nard. de obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dien. Serm. 19.</note> theire warfare are mightie to cast downe the ſtronge holds</hi> and <hi>high things</hi> of Hereticks, which <hi>exalt themſelues againſt the knowledge of Christ.</hi> Indeede if Princes will not ſuffer theeſe of the Clergie, or others to caſt downe theeſe <hi>Holds</hi> of Hereticks with <hi>the ſword of the ſpirit,</hi> but like the Arrian Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rours, and others, <hi>will kicke against the pricks,</hi> and with Saul <hi>breath out threatnings and ſlaughter against the Diſciples of the Lord,</hi> ſuch as are ſubiects of this Kingdom, or labour to bringe others to the true knowledge and obedience of the <hi>Word,</hi> if they will aduen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture to prouoke God by ſuch perſecutions, to the danger of theire owne Kingdoms, who ſhall hinder them? theire ſubiects may ſpeake in Gods cauſe, but if that will not ſerue, they muſt ſuffer &amp; not reſiſt by the ſword, not run into rebellion. Yet ought they to confeſſe Chriſts name, who is the Word <hi>before Kings</hi> and <hi>Rulers,</hi> and euen to fight againſt the mightieſt of them with <hi>the ſword of the ſpirit:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 17.14. &amp; chap. 19.21.</note> Becauſe, ſo <hi>the Lambe ouercomes them,</hi> who is the <hi>King of Kings.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Wee all ought to beare witneſſe vnto the Truth, though it coſt vs our liues; Biſhops and Miniſters more eſpetially, who are
<note n="*" place="margin">Iſa. 62.6. and Heb. 13.17. Mat. 28.18.19.20.</note> 
                  <hi>watchman ſet which ſhould neuer hold there peace, not keepe ſilence,</hi> as <hi>they that muſt giue account.</hi> For he is <hi>the Lord of Lords,</hi> who ſaith, <hi>All power is giuen to him in Heauen and in Earth,</hi> and who therefore bids his Diſciples <hi>goe into all the world, and reach all Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions to obſerue all things that he commaunded</hi> them; who after his Aſcention carried themſelues accordingly. For when the <hi>Rulers</hi> examined them,
<note place="margin">Act. 4.11.12.</note> they contended ſtoutly to proue Chriſt, a <hi>ſtone</hi> of them reiected,
<note place="margin">ver. 18.19.</note> 
                  <hi>to be the Head of the corner.</hi> And after when they and the high Preiſts called them, and <hi>commaunded them not to ſpeake at all, nor teach in his Name;</hi> they anſwered, <hi>Whether it be right in the ſight of God to bearken vnto you more then vnto God, iudge ye: for wee can not but ſpeake the things which wee haue ſeene and beard.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 5.28.</note> And after when for teaching in the Temple they were queſtioned by the High Preiſt, ſaying, <hi>Did wee not ſtraightly commaund you, that you ſhould not teach in his Name?
<pb n="59" facs="tcp:2471:38"/>And behold ye haue filled Ieruſalem with youre doctrine; Peter and the other Apoſtles anſwered and ſaide, wee ought to obey God ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther then men. The God of our Fathers raiſed vp Ieſus. Him hath God exalted with his right hand, to be a Prince.</hi> viz. to rule in all matters of faith and ſalnation. Behold now againe &amp; againe, they conteſt and fight with the <hi>ſword</hi> of the <hi>Spirit</hi> for him &amp; his King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom againſt his greateſt oppoſers, and were therein examples to all miniſters and Seruants of Chriſt to the worlds ende. This did the man <hi>borne blinde</hi> before Chriſts death, &amp; that by good proofes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Steuen,
<note place="margin">Act. 7. chap. 18.26.28.</note> Apollos</hi> and many others did as much after his reſur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection againſt oppoſers and Hereticks. The Apoſtles <hi>Paul, Peter, Iohn &amp; Iude</hi> wrote and contended againſt Hereticks, and peruer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters of the Scriptures, and commaunded others to doe ſoe, but more eſpetially Biſhops <hi>to hold faſt the faithfull Word taught them;
<note place="margin">Tit. 1.7.9.10. chap. 3.10.</note> to looke to deceiuers; whoſe mouthes muſt be ſtopped, who ſubuert whole howſes; teaching things which they ought not for filthie lucres ſake;
<note place="margin">Act. 20.</note> to reiect Hereticks,</hi> as beeing <hi>Wolues, Theeues and Speakers of peruerſe things.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Iudge yet whe ther many ſuch haue not crept in, who came not with the <hi>Spirit of Truth,</hi> but with <hi>the Spirit of errour,</hi> as the <hi>Appea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ler, Coſens,</hi> and others; who entred not by the Word, that is by Chriſt <hi>the doore of the ſheepe,</hi> but rather by errour and <hi>the Father thereof,</hi> who <hi>abode not in the Truth;</hi> and whether Biſhops, that would be counted Chriſts <hi>Watchmen</hi> and <hi>Seruants,</hi> haue not <hi>ſlept while enemies haue ſowed tares.</hi> The Remonſtrance of the Parliament, in ſummerlaſt, manifeſted that many <hi>Arminians,</hi> and Popiſh teachers haue riſen in theeſe our dayes, with theire couſening tenets and deuotions, and yet haue not the Biſhops theire ſuperiours and <hi>ouerſeers,</hi> that ſhould <hi>watch ouer mens ſoules,
<note place="margin">Heb. 13.17.</note> as they that muſt giue account,</hi> reproued and conuinced, nor ſuffered others to publiſh bookes to confute them, but rather preferred the <hi>Seducers,</hi> and hindred the preferment of theire oppoſers: ſo far hath hopes of preferment from ſome courtiers, and other gifts blinded theeſe men, as of old it did ſome <hi>Phariſes,</hi> and after them the Biſhops and Clarks of <hi>Italie,</hi> to iuſtify the wicked or theire doctrines and prac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſes <hi>for a reward.</hi> Indeede the <hi>Archbiſhop of Canterburie</hi> ſhewed his diſlike of theeſe Seducers, and theire bookes. Biſhop <hi>Carlton</hi> writ againſt the <hi>Appealer,</hi> and proued him a dangerous peruer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
<pb n="60" facs="tcp:2471:39"/>of the Scriptures, and of the <hi>Articles;</hi> and it may be there are two or three Biſhops more, that haue ſhewed ſome litle diſtaſtof theire tenets and practiſes: but by meanes of the late Duke, and other Courtiers, the greater number haue gonne the cleane con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarie way. Doctor <hi>White,</hi> that for the Dukes fauour, approued the Appealers booke, was in recompence of that
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Tim. 1.19.</note> 
                  <hi>Shipwracke</hi> he ſuſtained, elected Biſhop of <hi>Carlile,</hi> made <hi>Amner,</hi> and ſince tranſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lated to <hi>Norwich.</hi> Other freinds of theeſe Pelagian and Popiſh teachers &amp; tenets, haue alſo had theire reward. M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. <hi>Coſens</hi> his Mai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſter, Doctor <hi>Neale</hi> was remoued to <hi>Wincheſter</hi> Doc. <hi>Laude</hi> to <hi>Lon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don,</hi> Doctor <hi>Feild</hi> to <hi>S. Dauids,</hi> Doctor <hi>Buckridge</hi> to <hi>Elie,</hi> Doctor <hi>Mountaine</hi> to <hi>Yorke;</hi> after his death Doctor <hi>Harſnet</hi> was tranſlated to <hi>Yorke;</hi> Doctor <hi>Howſon</hi> to <hi>Durham;</hi> Doctor <hi>Maw</hi> Choſen Biſh. of <hi>Bath</hi> and <hi>Wels;</hi> Doctor <hi>Corbet</hi> B. of <hi>Oxford;</hi> and Doctour <hi>Curle</hi> late <hi>Prolocutor</hi> in the conuocation howſe, for his fauourable car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riage in that place towards theeſe <hi>new Maiſters,</hi> was promoted to the See of <hi>Rochester.</hi> Doctor <hi>Lindſey</hi> and others haue acheiued <hi>Denaries,</hi> or other preferments. On the other ſide, theeſe and ſome others, ſoe wrought that the Archbiſhop of <hi>Cant:</hi> was put be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides the execution of his place, and the <hi>Appealer</hi> himſelfe was ſet vp in his verrie ſeate that writ againſt him; and that preſently after that the Parliament, that co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="5 letters">
                     <desc>•••••</desc>
                  </gap>ned of him and them, was prorogued: which Schollars in th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap> iuerſities and other parts perceiuing, according to the deui<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> the pioiectors, bent theire ſtuddies toward the mount, or ra<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> molehill, of preferment. When the <hi>Parliament</hi> approched, the<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> laboured to haue it put off; or if not, that the howſe might no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>eſtion ſuch men, nor others preach, diſpute, or write againſt theire tenets and peruerting fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culties; but that themſelues might be the only <hi>Iudges</hi> in theire owne cauſe: yet for feare of the worſt, they at laſt get the <hi>Appealers</hi> booke called in, but ſoe fauourabl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, as the like was neuer ſeene: men muſt bringe them to the Biſhops of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uerie Dioceſſe, or to theire Chauncellors, or to the Chancelors or Vicechancelors of the vniuerſities; which they knew few o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>none would doe: for who would bringe any to the <hi>Appealer himſelfe,</hi> or to B. White, and ſuch others, to burne them, as we <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> both Iudges and parties in the cauſe? which made men ſay, it <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> longe eare this came, and then this was not to ſuppreſſe a booke.</p>
               <pb n="61" facs="tcp:2471:39"/>
               <p>Whereas when any booke hath but neuer ſo litle touched theire owne glorie or ceremonies, what exceeding dilligence hath beene vſed for ſuppreſſing it? as that of <hi>the originall of Idollatries;</hi> wherein if it were grauted, that it was vniuſtly fathered on <hi>Cau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſabon,</hi> that there was ſomwhat in it that ſeemed to make againſt ſome of the conſtitutions, rites and ceremonies of the Church of <hi>England,</hi> that the ſame rites are all tollerable; yet how litle is there in that booke that maketh againſt any of them? nauertheles what greate zeale and care was vſed in ſuppreſſing of it? a moſt dilli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gent ſearch was made through the whole companie of the Statio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners for them; the printer was examined what number were prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted, he for whome they were printed was examined to what Sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioners he deliuered of them; how many each man had, and they were examined to whome they were ſold, that ſoe they might be fetched from the buiers: all with ſuch exact care and dilligence, that if it had beene the moſt blaſphemous, hereticall &amp; dangerous booke that euer was publiſhed, more could hardly haue beene donne to ſuppreſſe it. Wherein yet if any thinge did touch any rite or ceremonie, that was but againſt things, which themſelues confeſſe to be <hi>indifferent,</hi> not matters of faith &amp; ſaluation; yet ô the zeale! but all this was for theire owne <hi>Hierarchie</hi> &amp; conſtitutions: they fight not ſoe eagerly againſt <hi>Pelagian</hi> and Popiſh errours which are againſt the Scriptures in matters of faith and ſaluation; and indeede exceedingly againſt Gods Kingdom, and the <hi>Word of his grace:</hi> the <hi>Appealers</hi> bookes were not ſearched for at all, when they were called in, but euen in the <hi>Parliament</hi> time to be ſold in euery booke ſellers ſhop that would; and ſoe were other Popiſh &amp; Aamin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>an bookes, as the <hi>Stationers</hi> proued in Parliament, and that they licenced and let paſſe theeſe, but would not licenſe ſuch as in defence of the Truth were written againſt them, that in others they put out whole pages, w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>itte<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to ſhew the vtillity and neceſſity of preaching and hearing, as in Doctor <hi>Maiers</hi> booke. All which things are ſoe apparent, that both in Parliament &amp; elſwhere men haue cried out there is trecherie vſed in Religion and towards the Kingdom of God.</p>
               <p>As alſo becauſe the tenets of theeſe <hi>Seducers</hi> haue beene ſoe weake, and <hi>ſtubble</hi> like,
<note place="margin">1. Cor. 3.12.13. Ier. 23.29.</note> vnable to endure the <hi>fierie</hi> triall of Gods <hi>Word,</hi> that when the Parliament hath approched, then they haue
<pb n="62" facs="tcp:2471:40"/>laboured, by all the pretexts that could be inuented, to get it diſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſolured or adiourned; if not, then they ſeeke protection and par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don: and when the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>owſe haue complained of them; then they hide theire heads and labour to haue theire tenets and practiſes paſt ouer in ſilence, at leaſt by caring or helping with others that the howſe may haue worke enough feſides to defend theire pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ueleidges, and throw out the bones caſt in to breede diuiſion, and beget ſome pretexts of accuſing them to theire Prince of maleuo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lence and ſedition, and of vrging the neceſſity of diſſoluing that aſſemblie; all which they neither neded, nor would ſeeke, if theire doctrines were Chriſts, and according to the Scriptures: for then they would boldly and with
<note n="*" place="margin">Zelus cum in bono acci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitur, eſt quide<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> fernor animi, quo mens re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licto humano timore pro de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fenſione veri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatis accendi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur. Alcuinus. &amp; Aquin. in Ioan.</note> 
                  <hi>Zeale</hi> maintaine them againſt Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liament and all the world. But while they then willingly admit noe diſpute, nor appeare publikely to maintaine the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> by the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures, &amp; (fearing that the verrie Articles ſhould proue them Apoſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tates) appeale to Biſhops and others brought by the late Duke &amp; his to fauour the ſame opinions, or conniue at them; and labour, by pretences of auoiding curious diſputes, and other deuiſes and ſhifts, that theire tenets may not be then examined, iudged and tried, vnleſſe by men made for theire partie, according to the pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lecie of the <hi>Trent</hi> Fathers; it euidently ſhewes the badnes of theire cauſe, that they doe not (as they are willed Pro. 23.23.) <hi>Buy the Truth, but ſell it</hi> for a litle preferment, for a buble of honour; and that they <hi>blinde the eyes of the wiſe,</hi> that ſuch <hi>buiers and ſellers</hi> are not conuinced, puniſhed &amp; caſt out of the Church:
<note n="*" place="margin">Myſtice quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tidie Deus ſpi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritualiter ſuam eccleſiam in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trat, &amp; qualiter vbi vnuſquiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que conuerſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur attendit. caueamus er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>go ne in eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fia Dei fabulis, vel rifibus, vel od<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>is, vel cupi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditatibus vace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus, ne impro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uiſos veniens nos flagellat, &amp; de eccleſia ſua eij<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>iat. Idem Ibid.</note> God ſeeth this, and that they doe not like <hi>his Seruants,</hi> with <hi>the weapons of theire warefare caſt downe theeſe ſtronge holds</hi> of Hereticks, <hi>exalted againſt the knowledge of God,</hi> and Kingdom of Chriſt. Soe that he may now againe complaine and ſay: <hi>My Kingdom is not of this world: for if my Kingdom were of this world, then would my Seruants fight,</hi> ſome with the ſword of the Spirit, others with theire Lawes and authorities, <hi>that I ſhould not be deliuered</hi> in my perſon, as I am the Truth, nor in my members, as they are of it, to <hi>Pelagians,</hi> or <hi>Demi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pelagians</hi> and <hi>Popelings,</hi> and ſo by degrees to the grand Antichriſt of <hi>Rome;</hi> neither would theeſe be made ſuch ſlight matters, as they are in theeſe dayes; as if it were enough that men are per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted to preach charitie, patience, temperance, humiliation, pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitence, mercie, and againſt carnall filthines, adultrie, pride, mur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
<pb n="63" facs="tcp:2471:40"/>coueteouſnes, and the like, allowed euen in theeſe dayes, to be preached in <hi>Rome,</hi> and ſo were of old among the <hi>Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rians</hi> and other Hereticks; and as if, for theeſe Pelagian and Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſh opinions and tenets of free will, predeſtination, certainty of ſaluation, perſeuerance, and the like, it mattered not to confute them, noe nor other points of Poperie, but were better to forbid them, as curious and vnneceſſary diſputes, and commaund peace and vnion in theeſe points: (whereby the buiſie practiſing <hi>Papiſts</hi> and <hi>Arminians</hi> are ſure to get ground and ſtrength:) whereas if theeſe reaſons were ſound, as much might be ſaide for thoſe Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piſh points of iuſtification by works, the reall preſence, the church can not erre, and ſuch others, beeing all pits that ſhould be diſco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uered, leaſt men fall into them, and amonge Papiſts matters of faith and ſaluation: but the others are ſo indeede, and highly concerne Gods Kingdom, and the glorie of his <hi>grace;</hi> therefore preaching of them, or writing to keepe men form errours, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trarie to them, and ſtabliſh men in the Truth, may not be forbid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den; eſpetially when <hi>Pelagian</hi> &amp; Popiſh errours are ſet vp againſt them, and driuen in like the ſharpe point of a wedge to make the thicker ende, that is, the whole thicknes and breadth of Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perie to follow. If a Towne or Caſtle be beleaguered, &amp; a breach made; doe not men run to it and maintaine that place of all others? ſhall any man be blamed for ſo doeing? and if any, whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther <hi>Gouernour, Captaine</hi> or <hi>Citizen</hi> ſhall forbid them, and vnder ſome pretext commaund them to laie downe armes, and quit the place, is he not counted trecherours to the Towne and <hi>King</hi> thereof? So is it in Gods Church and Kingdom beſeiged by He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reticks, who ſhoote at the faith, and make greate breaches,
<note place="margin">Tit. 1.11. 2. Tim. 2.17.</note> 
                  <hi>ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerting whole howſes:</hi> for <hi>theire word doth eate</hi> as a gangrene. But for the maintenance of the Truth, and the keeping of Gods fauour to the people that hold it faſt; the Lord ſaith,
<note place="margin">Ho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 6.6.7.</note> 
                  <hi>I deſired the knowledge of God:</hi> which of old ſome hindring,
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.41.</note> 
                  <hi>There</hi> (ſaith he) <hi>haue they dealt trecherouſly with me.</hi> Chriſt ſhewes that to manifeſt the myſteries, he taught is <hi>to make men know the things that belonge to theire peace,</hi> that when they <hi>are hid from theire eyes,</hi> ſedition and ruin follow; <hi>taking away the key of knowledge</hi> cauſeth trouble, and that the Ieſuits know to well.</p>
               <pb n="64" facs="tcp:2471:41"/>
               <p>Beſides the <hi>Apealer</hi> drawes the ſword of errour, ſets vp vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſound tenets of free will, praedeſtination, falling away, and the like, imprudently
<note n="*" place="margin">See Biſhop Carlton. Exam. of the Appeal. pag. 62.137.149.225.231.233</note> peruerts the Articles for his tenets; and then he and his faction, get it held fit that theeſe things ſhould not be diſputed and written againſt, as curious, <hi>desperate,</hi> &amp;c. that ſo he and they may preuaile &amp; carry his and ſuch like doctrines away vndiſcouered, vnuanquiſhed by the <hi>Word.</hi> Whereby intime, as Biſhop <hi>Carlton</hi> obſerued,
<note place="margin">Idem pag. 126.</note> in place of <hi>Communio Sanctorum,</hi> may creepe in <hi>Apostaſia,</hi> and all our religion might in like ſort be loſt and ſunke into Poperie. The late <hi>Duke</hi> theire honoured Lord, while he liued to ſuch ends (as it ſeemes) fauoured theiſe theire opinions and deuotions, though perhaps he did not well vnder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtand them, and willingly ſuffered none to be preferred, but ſuch as would maintaine them or conuiue at them: Which could not but be pleaſing to the Counteſſe his Mother and her Preiſts: and hence it came, that he beeing greate in this World, and able to aduance men to honour, offices, and wealth, wanted not Schollars and Courtiers to fight by diſputes &amp; reaſons for theeſe errours. Who can thinke, but that he would ſtrengthen himſelfe in Court and Vniuerſities with ſuch men? and theeſe beeing by his meanes engaged in the cauſe while he liued, to ſaue theire owne ſtakes and reputations, vphold it (what they can) now he is dead, though it be againſt the honour of God, againſt Chriſt the <hi>Word</hi> and his Kingdom; yea and againſt the trueſt honour of theire Royal Maiſter (whoſe honour they pretend to ſeeke, and whome they would ſeeme to loue) and againſt the peace and ſtrength of his Kingdoms, by them thus dangerouſly diuided and weakened in themſelues.</p>
               <p>Here yet let vs not to much wonder, that ſo many wiſe and learned men of our time ſhould be ſo far ouercome by theeſe pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferments and hopes, as to conſent to theeſe doctrines or conniue at them. For hopes of preferment and <hi>gifts blinde the eyes of the wiſe.</hi> Men are apt,
<note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 10. Phil. 2.21. Sunt quidam Ecclefia pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pofiti, de qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus Paulus Apoſtolus di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit, ſua quae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentes, no<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> quae Ieſu Chriſti: quid eſt <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ua quae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentes? non Chriſtu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> gratis diligentes, non Deum propter Deum quae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentes, tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ralia commo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da ſectantes, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ucr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s inhian<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes, honores ab hominibus ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petentes. quiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quis eſt talis inercenarius eſt. Auguſt. in Ioan. Tra. 45.</note> like Hirelings, <hi>to ſeeke theire owne, not the things which are Chriſts;</hi> who ſaith Ioh. 5.44. <hi>How can ye beleeue which receiue honour one of another, and ſeeke not the honour that commeth from God only?</hi> they ſeeke theire owne, not the Kingdom that is not of this world. But if it were of this World, then they would ſeeke it. Our Sauiours owne Diſciples left him for a ſhort time,
<pb n="65" facs="tcp:2471:41"/>and made him ſay, <hi>If my Kingdom were of this world, then would my Seruants fight, that I ſhould not be deliuered to the Iewes,</hi> who accuſe him and his doctrine of peruerting the Nation. His Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uants did not then fight for him by arguments, or otherwiſe, to cleare him in this: therefore he concludes;</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>But now my Kingdom is not from hence.</hi> As if he ſaide; that all my Seruants leaue me, and neither fight for me by ſword or word, it is manifeſt that is not of this World, nor praeiudiciall to Caeſars: this argues it is not from hence, that they looke not for any thinge by it here in this World. He had told them, that <hi>the Princes of the Gentiles exerciſe dominion and authoritie ouer them. But it ſhall not be ſo amonge you:</hi> but that they ſhould <hi>be deliuered vp,
<note place="margin">Mat. 20.25. Mat. 25.9.</note> killed, hated and betraied</hi> for his <hi>names ſake.</hi> Therefore now they leaue him, and fight not for him any way to reſcue him. Which proued that <hi>his</hi> Kingdom <hi>was not from hence;</hi> who hereby infer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reth, that in the Kingdoms of this World Seruants and Subiects will fight, in hope of the riches and honours, they afford to theire defenders.</p>
               <p>And here let not Papiſts brag to much of theire late acheiu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments by ſword or practiſes, whereby they daily ſubiect many to the Pope. For if our religion haue beene weakely, theires tho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rowly, maintained, it argues that ours is of Chriſts Kingdom, not from hence, theires of this World and of Antichriſt; and that therefore Princes and Preiſts fight for them and not for Chriſt; becauſe they haue riches, honours and ſuch worldly rewards to giue them for theire Seruices, as one proueth at
<note n="*" place="margin">Relation of the Religion vſed in the Weſt.</note> large. (Nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther is it any ſuch ſtrange thinge that the Ieſuits and other of theire Clergie and Church, who effect theeſe things, ſhould <hi>goe in the way of Kain, periſh in the gainſaying of Core, and be cast away by the deceitfulnes of Balaams wages.</hi>) Here therefore not to ſpeake of the many greate Countries, Prouinces, Kingdoms, titles, dignities, and other rewards that the Church of Rome hath conferred on ſuch Princes, Captains and Souldiers, as haue de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fended them and theire cauſe with the Sword; ſuch as were <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pin, Charles</hi> his Sonne, and diuers other her Champions; wherein yet ſhe hath ſtill cut large thonges out of other mens hides: I will paſſe by that part of theire auarice, pride and arrogancie, who not content to get to themſelues and theire Monaſteries, &amp;
<pb n="66" facs="tcp:2471:42" rendition="simple:additions"/>Orders by fables and flatterie, the greateſt part of the riches and Lands in the Kingdoms of this World, haue taken on them to take the verrie Kingdoms themſelues, with theire titles and proffits, from the right owners, and giue them to theire Cham<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pions; and come to that, which now they ſeeme to haue of theire owne.</p>
               <p>How many greate dignities and officies haue they in theire Church, endowed with proportionable meanes for theite greate eſtates? What a greate number of Cardinals are there, who from a meane place,
<note n="*" place="margin">See the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logie for the oath of alle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giance, alſo Tortura Torti. pag. 2.</note> office and begining are come to be held in dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitie equall to Kings? beſides a number of Arch-Biſhopwricks &amp; Biſhopwricks, verrie rich and potent in this world, as <hi>Cullen, Ments, Treuiere</hi> and others: with an number of other places of proffit and honour in <hi>Cathedrall Churches,</hi> Colledges Monaſteries and orders of religious howſes. The hope of riſing to ſome of theeſe makes a greate number of Preiſts, Ieſuits, friars and others conteſt, practiſe and ſtriue to intrude, propogate and increaſe in all contries the Popes Kingdom, and prower, with all the labour and might they can inuent or procure; often venturing theire liues, (I might ſay theire Soules) to worke his ends, and bringe people to his obedience; becauſe they ſee, he and his cheife pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lates haue wherewithall to reward theire greateſt ſeruices. Noe <hi>Friar</hi> ſoe meane, but he may hope for his deligence and ſeruice to be <hi>Prior</hi> of his <hi>Couent;</hi> the Prior to be prouincial; the prouincial to become General of that order. And ſoe Preiſts and Ieſuits may in like manner hope to come by degrees to be Biſhops and Cardi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nals, and ſome to clime to the verrie papall throne. What will not fraile men doe for ſuch rewards. Which made many that were noe true Paſtors, but
<note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 10.12. Sunt enim nonnulli qui dum plus ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ranneam ſub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſtantiam quam oues diligunt, meritò nomen Paſtor is per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dunt, non enim Paſtor, ſed mer cenarius voca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur, qui no<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> pro amore intimo oues domini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cas, ſed ad tem porales mer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedes paſcit, mercenarius quippe eſt qui Paſtor is locu tenet: ſed lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crum animaru<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> non quaerit, terrenis com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>midis inhiat honore praela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis gaudet. Gregori. hom. 14. &amp; Aquin: in Ioa. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>hirelings</hi> conteſt, daube, excuſe, practiſe &amp; by hooke or crooke, maintaine points in the councell of Trent, who were after rewarded according to theire ſeruice, and ſome before hand, as the hiſtorie ſheweth: <hi>For they followed the way of Balaam, who loued the wages of vnrighteouſnes.</hi> 2. Pet. 2.15. And thus both before and ſince in theire diucrs caſes &amp; cauſes. Which hath made many venture far. Wee haue ſeene alſo, that thoſe follewers of the <hi>Trent</hi> practiſes, the Arminians haue had theire re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards for ſtraining theire wits and conſciences.</p>
               <pb n="67" facs="tcp:2471:42"/>
               <p>And true it is, that both the one &amp; the other, may riſe in iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment with many, who profeſſe themſelues theire aduerſaries, and Chriſts Seruants againſt Antichriſt and all oppoſers, and yet doe not ſtriue ſoe much, nor with ſuch true zeale to winne Princes &amp; people by all honeſt and lawfull meanes, from Poperie and Armi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niaiſme, to the obedience of the <hi>Word,</hi> nor indeede to ſtrengthen keepe and confirme ſuch as doe yet embrace the Truth, and not oppoſe it in thoſe points, nor in others; but rather by theire ſlack<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes and coldnes ſuffer them to preuaile daily, and proceede fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther and further in conqueſts and practiſes; which the Aduer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſaries doe proſecute with feruent zeale to aduance and propo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gate theire religion; for theire <hi>Kingdom is of this world,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Luk. 16.8.</note> it is from hence: And as our Lord ſaith, <hi>The children of this world are wiſer in theire generation then the children of light;</hi> more vigilant, more zealous, more circumſpect, and conſtant in the proſecution of theire ends, and in perſeuerance therein, becauſe thereby they attaine and keepe a little momentarie bubble of wealth and ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour, then Chriſts <hi>Seruants</hi> are for the ſeeking of that Kingdom, and the righteouſnes thereof, which makes truly rich and honou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable here, and rewards thoſe with <hi>euerlaſting life and happines hereafter,</hi> who fight the good fight of faith for Chriſt and his Kingdom: for ſo inſeperable are the worke and the reward, that <hi>Saint Paul</hi> ſaith to <hi>Timothie, Fight the good fight of faith,
<note place="margin">1. Tim. 6.12.</note> lay hold on eternall life:</hi> To ſhew that to fight this good fight, is to lay hold of eternall life, to make our <hi>calling and election ſure:</hi> and therefore he ſaith, <hi>I haue fought a good fight, I haue finiſhed my courſe,
<note place="margin">2. Tim. 4.7.</note> I haue kept the faith. Hence forth there is laide vp for me a crowne of righ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teouſnes, which the Lord the righteous Iudge ſhall giue me at that day: and not to me only, but vnto them alſo that loue his appearing.</hi> And ſo liue as thoſe that loue it, and looke for it.</p>
               <p>But the children of this World that fight for other Kingdoms, that giue them ſomwhat in preſent, they will haue ſomwhat in hand; they will haue wealth and honour heere. And ſo they that will be honourable and haue commaund, as <hi>they that will be rich,
<note place="margin">1. Tim. 6.9.</note> fall into temptation and a ſnare, and into many fooliſh and hurtfull luſts, which drowne men in deſtruction and perdition:</hi> this alſo doth <hi>the loue of a money, the roote of all euill, which ſome coueting haue erred from the faith.</hi> Amonge other luſts, they fall into this of fighting
<pb n="68" facs="tcp:2471:43" rendition="simple:additions"/>for Antichriſt or Hereticks, for the preſent honeur or proffit they hope to haue by it, the loue of theeſe makes Ieſuits, and others venture to diſturbe Kingdoms and States, to further the Popes Kingdom, that rewards them. And this is a maine reaſon, that moues ſome <hi>Kings,
<note place="margin">Ren. 17.14.</note> free Princes &amp; States to hate the whore, and make her deſolate and naked and burne her with fire.</hi> That is, to take all from her, and fire her, that ſhe may not haue to giue rewards to them that diſturbe theire Kingdoms, and hinder the Kingdom of God, and his bleſſings from theire Kingdoms, which they ſhould be ſure to enioy in all peace and plentie, if in matters of faith and ſaluotion they were only gouerned by him: who the more to ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mate them to thoſe warrs hath giuen them all the riches that are hers, and indeede her champions alſo: for therefore they are alſo called to the <hi>Supper of the greate God:
<note place="margin">Reu. 19.</note> to eate the fleſh of Kings, and the fleſh or Captaines</hi> &amp;c. That is, to take theire wealth, ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ches and honours, and poſeſſe them: which beſides the heauenly reward, is a feaſt of <hi>fat things,</hi> that God will then make them. But in the meane while, Chriſt, while he is to ſuffer, giueth noe ſuch things, and therefore ſaith, <hi>But now my Kingdom is not from hence.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Pilate therefore ſaide vnto him, Art thou a King then?</hi> Pilate ther<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore aſked this queſtion, becauſe Chriſt in ſaying, and thrice re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peating theeſe words <hi>my Kingdom,</hi> had confeſſed that he had a Kingdom and conſequently that himſelfe was a <hi>Kinge:</hi> and yet not out of any oſtentation, or deſire that he had to ſpeake thereof here before Pilate, where he was ſure it would coſt him his life; but beeing vrged by theire examinations to tell them,
<note place="margin">Iſa. 53.9.</note> he would neither lie nor aequiuocate; <hi>he knew noe ſinne, neither was any de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceite in his mouth;</hi> and in this caſe keepe ſilence he might not; he muſt needes confeſſe the truth, becauſe that was for the honour of God his Father, for whome he <hi>ruled;</hi> and therefore not to haue acknowledged this Kingdom, was to haue denied his Fathers Kingdom and right to rule all men; therefore he addeth that he was <hi>borne to beare witneſse vnto the Truth.</hi> Yet that he might not in the leaſt meaſure be guiltie of his owne death, he thrice affirmed that his Kingdom was <hi>not of this world;</hi> and conſequently not prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iudiciall to Caeſars, nor to the right he chalenged in the temporall
<pb n="69" facs="tcp:2471:43"/>Kingdom, and that Pilate well vnderſtood, when in that ſenſe he ſaide, <hi>Art thou then a Kinge?</hi> for when in that ſenſe,</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ieſus anſwered thou ſaieſt that I am a Kinge;</hi> as
<note n="*" place="margin">Pila<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diſſe Chriſtum Regem eſſe, non tame<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ejus regnum aduer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſarium eſſe regno Caeſaris, ſed pertinere ad quandam ſingularem Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daeorum reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gione<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> id pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bat, quod per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeueranter eu<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Regem appel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lauit. <hi>Ecce Rex veſter, Regem veſtrum cru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cifigam? Ieſus Nazarenus Rex Iudaeoru<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>.</hi> Tolet. in 10.18 Ioh. 19.4. verſ. 6. Verſ. 7.12.</note> one that talked more of it then Chriſt did, <hi>Pilate went out</hi> againe, and ſaith to the Iewes, <hi>I finde in him noe fault at all:</hi> and Luk. 23.14. <hi>Ye haue brought this man vnto me, as one that peruerteth the people, and behold I haueing examined him, haue found noe fault in him, touching thoſe things whereof ye accuſe him: Noe nor yet Herod; for I ſent you to him, and loe nothing worthy of death.</hi> And after when they cried, <hi>not him but Barabas,</hi> he when he <hi>had ſcourged</hi> him <hi>went foorth againe, ſaying I bringe him foorth to you, that ye may know that I finde noe fault in him.</hi> Why then did he againſt law and conſcience ſcourge him? and when they ſeeing him cried, <hi>crucifie</hi> him, he ſaide againe, <hi>Take ye him and crucifie him: for I find noe fault in him.</hi> And after when they ſaide, <hi>by our law he ought to die, becauſe he made himſelfe the Sonne of God; Pilate was the more afraide, and ſought to releaſe him. But the Iewes cried out, if thou let this man goe, thou art not Caeſars freind: whoſoeuer maketh himſelfe a Kinge ſpeaketh againſt Caeſar. When Pilate heard that;</hi> his deſire of freeing Ieſus bega<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to ſtagger, though he beleeued, that if he had any Kingdom, it was not of this world; yet as thinking that if he ſhould not proceede, it might worke him <hi>Caeſars</hi> diſpleaſure; therefore bringing him foorth, he ſaith not now, as before, <hi>behold the man,</hi> but <hi>behold youre Kinge;</hi> and after <hi>ſhall I crucifie youre Kinge? The cheife Preiſts anſwered,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Verſ. 14.</note> wee haue noe Kinge but <hi>Caeſar.</hi> Yet he waſhed <hi>his hands,</hi> and then with this inducement,
<note place="margin">Mat. 27.24. Luk. 23.23.</note> he willing to <hi>content</hi> the <hi>people deliuered him</hi> to be crucified: <hi>For the voices of them and of the cheife Preiſts pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uailed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Whence wee may behold the miſerie that oft followes greatnes,
<note place="margin">The miſerie of greatnes.</note> appearing both in the cheife Preiſts and Pilate, the one carried a way with ſuch extreme enuie &amp; implacable hatred, that the iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of innocencie often pronounced by a Iudge would not ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiſfie them; the other with importunitie and reſpects of conten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting, appeaſing, gratifying others, and preuenting complaints to <hi>Caeſar,</hi> of <hi>ſuffering another Kinge,</hi> to an act of iniuſtice ſoe much aginſt his owne conſcience, and often reiterated ſentence of aquitment.</p>
               <pb n="70" facs="tcp:2471:44"/>
               <p>A poore fruite, to often following the greate and vnceſſant la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bours of ambitious climing; when for feare or fauour, to gratifie or content, they are oft faine to puniſh innocents, and acquit men guiltie and wicked, and ſomtime in matters of Chriſts cauſe and Religion. Yet am I not of theire opinion, who thinke a States man can not be an honeſt man. For vnder Godly Kings walking in the right path of Religion, as faithfull to theire maker, ſuch as <hi>Dauid, Iehoſhaphat, Hezekiah, Ioſias</hi> and others, they may carrie themſelues iuſtly, and doe God greate ſeruice: ſuch <hi>Kings</hi> moue them not to any act of iniuſtice, nor to maintaine Idols or Here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſies, much leſſe to puniſh or moleſt true beleeuers and innocents. But if the Prince they ſerue be an Idolater, an Heretick or Wic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ked, they can hardly hold theire places and keepe a good con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſcience.
<note place="margin">1. King. 21.8. &amp;c.</note> For when <hi>Ahab</hi> raignes, <hi>Iezabel writes her letters to the Elders and Nobles</hi> to ſubborne falſe witneſſes, and to <hi>ſtone</hi> inno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cent <hi>Naboth,</hi> and it is donne. <hi>Iehu</hi> writes <hi>to the Elders</hi> to kill <hi>all Ahabs children,</hi> and it is donne. Diuers Kings were diſpleaſed with Prophets, and the Nobles wronge them, as they did <hi>Ieremie</hi> and others.
<note place="margin">Ioh. 12.42.</note> 
                  <hi>Amonge the Cheife Rulers many beleeued on Chriſt, but becauſe of the Phariſes, they did not confeſſe him, leſt they ſhould be put out of the Sinagonge. For they loued the praiſe of men, more then the praiſe of God.
<note place="margin">Act. 24.27.</note> Felix willing to ſhew the Iewes a pleaſure left Paul bound.</hi> When <hi>Iustine</hi> the Emperour had depriued the <hi>Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rians</hi> of thoſe Churches they held in Greece, <hi>Theodorick</hi> King of <hi>Italie,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Liber. Pontif. in Iohan. I.</note> ſent <hi>Iohn</hi> Biſhop of <hi>Rome</hi> aſſiſted with Senators, to intreate him to reſtore them, if not to tell him, he would ſerue the Catho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licks with the like ſauce. The Pontificall booke ſaith, they intrea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted the Emperour with teares, and preuailed; that is, to haue wolues reſtored to the Sheepe. <hi>Beliſarius,</hi> by the commaund of the Empreſſe <hi>Theodora</hi> an <hi>Eutichean,</hi> thruſt out <hi>Siluerius,</hi> &amp; pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced <hi>Vigilius</hi> in the Popedom, that he might according to promiſe condemne the Councell of <hi>Chalcedon,</hi> and write Letters in confir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mation of the <hi>Eutichean</hi> faith:
<note place="margin">Baron. Vol. 7. ann. 538. art. 20.</note> wherevpon <hi>Baronius</hi> calls <hi>Vigilius,</hi> a <hi>Theefe,</hi> a <hi>Wolfe,</hi> an <hi>Antichrist.</hi> Ye haue ſeene that the Eaſterne Emperours made theire Biſhops conſent to the Pope, in worſhip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ping of Images, and at laſt in Purgatorie, Superemacie and other articles, and what followed.</p>
               <pb n="71" facs="tcp:2471:44"/>
               <p>It would be to longe to relate how the Iudges, nobles and pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lates vnder Emperours and Kings, haue made Preiſts abandon theire wiues, and people receiue his other lawes &amp; errours, when theire Princes in feare or flaterie temporiſed with the Pope. For Prelates, nobles and people are naturally prone to faſhion themſel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ues into the religion of theire Princes and patrons: and that hath made Ieſuited Spirits practiſe to make reformed Princes luke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>warme, Popiſh or Arminians.
<note place="margin">2. King. 16.10.</note> For when Kinge <hi>Ahaz</hi> ſeeing a <hi>ſtrange Altar at Damaſcus</hi> ſent the Patterne of it to <hi>Vrijah</hi> the Preiſt to make ſuch a one, and offer on it, he not minding that theeſe things ought not to haue differed from
<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 25.4<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Act. 7.44.</note> the patterne gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uen to Moſes, that noe other things wer to be intruded into the Temple of the Lord, refuſeth not, but doth it, be it neuer ſoe bad, <hi>Regis ad exemplum totus componitur orbis.</hi> A wonder therefore it is, that men be ſoe ambitious of theſe places, wherein theire ſoules are in ſuch danger; ſeeing that if Princes be Hereticall and perſecute the godly, theire Miniſters muſt follow them and afflict and puniſh them, or looſe theire places: for when thoſe that cleaue to Gods Word, and contend for it, are examined; they muſt con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſſe the truth, though it coſt them theire liues, as our Sauiour here did; for when Pilate ſaide, <hi>Art thou then a Kinge? Ieſus anſwered thou ſaieſt that I am a Kinge;</hi> af if he ſaide, and I can not, I muſt not d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nie it; For</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>To this ende was I borne, and for this cauſe came I into the world that I ſhould beare witneſſe vnto the truth.</hi> That is, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deede to confirme the Truth and euery clauſe of it, whereof this of his Kingdom and office is one, with his blood; to witnes and ſeale the truth of it with his blood: for though he knew that to confeſſe this would coſt him his life; yet he conſiders that to this ende he was borne, and for this cauſe he came in the world, that he ſhould beare witneſſe to it with his blood,
<note place="margin">1. Tim. 6.13.</note> and therefore Saint Paul ſaith, that <hi>he witneſsed a good confeſſion</hi> before Pontius Pilate. Sealed as ye ſee with his blood,
<note place="margin">Tolet. in Ioan. VXIII. Vt ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritatem Dei oftenderet, &amp; regnum Dei manifeſtarer, ac tyrannidem Diaboli, &amp; do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>los ejus dete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geret.</note> to make his witneſſe the more effectuall: Seeing indeede he came into the world as <hi>Tolet</hi> ſaith, <hi>that he might ſhew the truth of God, and manifeſt the Kingdom of God, and diſcouer the tiranie of the deuil and his deceits,</hi> whereby he deceiueth men, whether by his owne ſuggeſtions, or by his Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſters, the teachers and maintainers of idollatrie &amp; errours. <hi>For to
<pb n="72" facs="tcp:2471:45" rendition="simple:additions"/>this purpoſe the Sonne</hi> (viz. the Word, the Truth) <hi>of God was ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifeſted that he might deſtroy the workes of the deuill.</hi> He came to confound all theeſe in this, that he came to beare witneſſe vnto Gods Kingdom, vnto Gods Truth, whereby all theeſe are con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>founded; and thoſe alſo, that liue as if they were borne to noe other ende, and for noe other cauſe came into the world, then to flatter, daube, and temporiſe with ſinnes and errours, or, which is as bad, frowardly to conteſt againſt the truth with ſophiſticated arguments &amp; praeuaricating ſhifts; for that they might all be ſure of it, and repenting, receiue and confeſſe the Truth in all things, he heere inforceth the certaintie of it with a kinde of ingemina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, or reinforcing of his aſſeueration to the Soules of men; as if they could neuer enough marke &amp; remember this point, ſaying; <hi>to this ende was I borne, and for this cauſe came I into the world, that I ſhould beare witneſſe vnto the Truth.</hi> O thou eternall and almigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tie Sonne of God,
<note place="margin">Heb. 1.2.</note> 
                  <hi>by whome he made the worlds,</hi> thou <hi>heyre of all things, the brightnes of thy Fathers glorie, and the expreſſe Image of his perſon,</hi> thou that <hi>thoughteſt it noe roberie to be held equall with God;</hi> ſurely it was for ſome greate ende that thou waſt borne of a Woman, for ſome greate cauſe that thou cameſt in the World; Lord let vs know it, let vs heare it, ô thou <hi>Kinge of Saints,</hi> that wee neither deſpiſe nor ſlight and neglect it: thou telleſt vs with a witneſſe, and a deere witneſſe it was to thee; for thou ſealeſt it with thy moſt pretious blood, ſhed in the greateſt paines, the greateſt ſufferings that euer any felt in this world, to ſee if yet wee will <hi>receiue the truth</hi> and <hi>the loue</hi> thereof,
<note place="margin">2. Theſſ. 2.10.11:</note> that wee <hi>may be ſa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ued,</hi> and not be giuen ouer <hi>to beleeue a lye: for this cauſe was I borne and for this cauſe came I into the World, that I ſhould beare witneſſe vnto the Truth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Some man will ſay, If it were to this ende that he came, and thus ſealed the truth, what Chriſtian is there that will not receiue the loue of the Truth, that will not in all matters of faith and ſal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uation heare his voice, obey it and ſo receiue his teſtimonie? I anſwer, thou heareſt him affirme it and reinforce it, what then needes further witnes?
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.10:</note> for if thou ſay, <hi>The Sonne of man came to ſeeke &amp; to ſaue that which was loſt:</hi> That is, by ſhewing them Gods Truth and bearing witneſſe to it, and ſo looſing <hi>the priſnors bound</hi>
                  <pb n="73" facs="tcp:2471:45"/>and loſt in the priſon of ſinne, errour
<note n="*" place="margin">Sedebas o homo in tene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>broſis &amp; vmbra mortis per ig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norantiam ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritatis, ſedebas vinctus catenis delictorum. Bernar. de or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dine vitae. Nos de Adam caeci nati ſumus, &amp; illo illuminate opus habemus. Aug. in Ioan. trac. 34. Act. 26.18. Mar. 10.46. Gal. 4.4.</note> and ignorance. Ioh. 12.48. <hi>He came a light into the world, that whoſoeuer beleeueth on him ſhould not abide in darkeneſſe, but ſhould haue the light of life,</hi> to make them <hi>children of the light. God ſent him for a light of the Gentiles,</hi> Iſa. 42. but that was <hi>to open theire eyes, and to turne them from dark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neſſe to light, and from the power of Satan vnto God, that they may receiue forgiueneſſe of ſinnes, and inheritance amonge them, which are ſanctified through faith that is in him.</hi> Not otherwiſe. <hi>The Sonne of man came to minister and giue his life a ranſom for many:</hi> but that was to miniſter the Word, and to witneſſe that his death was a ranſom for many, to ſeale that truth, in his blood. <hi>God ſent his Sonne made of a Woman, to redeeme them that were vnder the Law,</hi> and thereby Seruants obnoxious to ſinne &amp; death, <hi>that they might receiue the adoption of ſonnes:</hi> but that is by receiuing the <hi>Word,</hi> the Truth, <hi>who to as many as receiue him,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.12.</note> giueth power to become the Sonnes of God,</hi> euen <hi>to them that beleene on his Name,</hi> viz. on the Word: by letting <hi>them
<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 8.32.34.36. Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racter of a Chriſtian. pag. 325. &amp;c.</note> know the Truth,</hi> that <hi>the truth might make them free,</hi> and <hi>free indeede,</hi> from ſinne, Satan, errours, ſnaring ſcru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples &amp;c. There is noe true freedom, but what the Truth giueth; and it muſt needes be true if the Truth giue it. As he there ſaith, <hi>If the Sonne therefore ſhall make you free, Ye ſhall be free indeede.</hi> Thereby ſhewing himſelfe to be the Truth as <hi>Auguſtine</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ueth on Ioh. 17.17. <hi>Sanctifie them in thy Truth, thy Word is Truth.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Auguſt. in 10. trac. 108.</note> To this Truth he bare witneſſe; and this Truth freeth, beeing beleeued, knowne and receiued with loue. So was it with the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> who beeing inriched <hi>in all knowledge,</hi> Paul ſaith <hi>the testimonie of Chriſt was confirmed in them.</hi> 1. Cor. 1.6. which that wee might ſo receiue and obey in all that it teacheth, and euery part of it, he bare witneſſe to it with his blood. Which therefore indeede is called <hi>the blood of the Teſtament,</hi> ſealed, confirmed and dedicated in blood;
<note place="margin">Heb. 9.18.19</note> 
                  <hi>Wherevpon neither was the first Teſtament de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicated without blood.</hi> For <hi>when Moſes had ſpoken euery precept, he tooke the blood of Calues and ſprinckled both the booke, and the people, ſaying, this is the blood of the Teſtament which God hath enioyned vnto you.</hi> That was a type of this Teſtament ſealed, and dedicated to all ma<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>kinde in Chriſts blood, which ſprinckleth both the Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment as a witneſſe and ſeale of it, and the people as redeemed and ſealed vnto: therefore this <hi>blood of the euerlaſting couenant</hi> is
<pb n="74" facs="tcp:2471:46"/>called a <hi>witneſſing,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Heb. 12.24.</note> a ſpeaking blood, <hi>The blood of ſprinckling, which ſpeaketh better things then the blood of Abel:</hi> It witneſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſeth the Truth of all things declared in the new Teſtament, and ſo ſpeaketh reconcilliation, grace, peace &amp; life to the conſciences of all them that receiue the ſame Teſtament, and the loue of the Truth, therein manifeſted, in all things neceſſary to ſaluation: <hi>See that ye refuſe not him that ſpeaketh.
<note place="margin">verſ. 25.</note> For if they eſcaped not, who refuſed him that ſpake on earth, much more ſhall not wee, if wee turne away from him that ſpeaketh from Heauen:</hi> viz. by this blood, and the repreſentatiue ſignes thereof in his Sacraments, therefore <hi>Saint Iohn</hi> ſaith,
<note place="margin">1. Ioh. 5.8.</note> 
                  <hi>There are three that beare witneſſe in Earth, the Spirit, and the Water, and the Blood, and theeſe three agree in one.</hi> They all witneſſe and ſeale the ſame thinge, they agree in witneſſe of one Truth one Teſtament.
<note place="margin">Ioh. 14.26. chap. 16.13.</note> The Spirit, that is the holy Ghoſt that brought all things to the mindes of the Apoſtles <hi>that</hi> Chriſt had <hi>told</hi> them, and that witneſſeth the ſame Word, and noe other vnto vs: for he guided them into all Truth, he was <hi>not to ſpeake of himſelfe,</hi> but <hi>to take of</hi> Chriſts <hi>and ſhew vnto them:</hi> nothing but that which Chriſt had
<note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 15.15.</note> 
                  <hi>made knowne vnto them;</hi> ſaue only that <hi>he ſhould ſhew them things to come:</hi> viz. touching, the comming of the man of ſinne; his lying wonders; him that <hi>letted; Seducing Spirits,</hi> that ſhould <hi>forbid marriage,</hi> and ſome meates; the <hi>ſeauen ſeales;</hi> the 7. <hi>Triumpets;</hi> the 7. <hi>
                     <g ref="char:V">Ʋ</g>ials;</hi> the <hi>Dragon</hi> with ten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne <hi>hornes;</hi> the Beaſt; his <hi>marke;</hi> them that receiue it; Babylons <hi>Ruin,</hi> and the like. Whereof our Lord ſpeaketh when he ſaith, <hi>I haue yet many things to ſay vnto you,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 16.12.</note> but ye can not beare them now.</hi> theeſe can not be, as the <hi>greate whore</hi> and her members, moſt impu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dently affirme, the traditions of the Church of Rome, as inuoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of ſaints, ſingle life of Preiſts, diſtinction of meates, theire ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſerued faſts and feaſts, the Popes ſucceſſion in Peters chaire as head of the Church, priuate maſſes, drawing Soules out of pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatorie, &amp;c. For this is a bold diuination for thire owne proffit; any other Hereticks may ſay as much for theire herefies, if that would ſerue; and to diſproue them all our Sauiour ſpeaking of things abſolutely neceſſary to ſaluation ſaith, <hi>All things</hi> that I haue heard of my Father <hi>haue I made knowne vnto you.</hi> Ioh. 15.15. theeſe the Spirit brought to theire mindes, and in theire writings
<pb n="75" facs="tcp:2471:46"/>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Act. 20.27. 1. Ioh. 1.3. chap. 2.27. Charac. of a Chriſtian. p. 86.96.106.110.</note> they manifeſted them to vs; and to theeſe the Spirit <hi>beareth witneſſe on earth: And the water.</hi> viz. in Baptiſme; it is a ſeale of that Couenant, and Truth; it exhibiteth and witneſſeth the ſame things viſſiblie, and to the Soule in a ſealing ſigne that the Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment doth: <hi>And the blood;</hi> this did Chriſts bloods ſhed on the Croſſe, and this doth the cup in the Sacrament: for therefore Chriſt giueth to the ſigne the name and ſealing virtue of the thinge ſignified, ſaying, <hi>This is my blood of the new Testament;</hi> viz. that witneſſeth and confirmeth the truth of it, and of all that it offereth and teacheth to youre Soules: <hi>This cup is the new Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment in my blood;</hi> the Teſtament witneſſed, ſealed, confirmed and dedicated to you in my blood, as the firſt Teſtament was in the blood of Calues, of Goates &amp;c. and therefore <hi>Saint Iohn</hi> there addeth, <hi>If wee receiue the witneſſe of men,
<note place="margin">1. Ioh. 5.9.</note> the witneſſe of God is grea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter: for this is the witneſſe of God, which he teſtifieth of his Sonne;</hi> that is, which he teſtifieth of the Word, of the Truth, which is his Sonne, and which God witneſſed and ſealed vnto vs, not only by voices from Heauen and myracles, but alſo by the blood of his Sonne, and now by his Spirit, by the water of Baptiſme, and by the cup in the Lords Supper; therefore it is ſaide, <hi>Him hath God the Father ſealed.</hi> Ioh. 6.27. and therefore <hi>John Baptiſt</hi> ſaith of Chriſt (Ioh. 3.33.) <hi>He that receiued his teſtimonie, hath ſet to his ſeale that God is true;</hi> that is, true in his Word, and true in the ſea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling that he giues to it; he iuſtifieth him <hi>in his ſayings</hi> Rom. 3.4. He that beleeueth him not in euery thinge he hath ſaide, but re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iecteth the Teſtament, the Truth in any point of faith and ſalua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, <hi>he beleeueth not God, but hath made him a liar,
<note place="margin">verſ. 10.</note> becauſe he belee<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ueth not the record that God gaue of his Sonne.</hi> He beleeueth not the witneſſe of the Spirit, of the water, of the cup; not the witnes which Chriſt bare vnto the Truth in his blood; he refuſeth him that ſpeaketh by theeſe; yea he reiecteth Chriſt <hi>the faithfull and true witneſſe,</hi> and the Seale or marke of God,
<note place="margin">Reu. 1.5.</note> euen <hi>the teſtimonie of Ieſus</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">chap. 19.10 ſee Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 228.</note>, receiued by all them that are in a right and ſaueing manner of the true Church: Wherein there is noe other Word receiued in matters of faith and ſaluation, but Gods Teſtament. Noe vaine brags of the ſpirit; but by the Scriptures <hi>the
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Ioh. 4.1.6 Act. 17.11. 1. Theſ. 5.21. Iſa. 8.20.</note> Spirits</hi> are <hi>tried. To the Law and to the testimonie: if they ſpeake not accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding to this word, it is becauſe there is noe light in them.</hi> And conſe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently
<pb n="76" facs="tcp:2471:47"/>noe ſpirit of propheſie in them. If a man be well ſkilled or mightie in the proofes &amp; power of the new Teſtament, as <hi>Apollos</hi> was ſaide to be <hi>mightie in the Scriptures,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Act. 18.24.</note> then he hath the ſpirit of propheſie, otherwiſe not: for that true member of the true church, endued with ſuch excellent knowledge, that <hi>Iohn</hi> would haue worſhipped him,
<note place="margin">Reu. 12.9. chap. 19.10.</note> ſaith, <hi>I am of thy Brethren the Prophets, &amp; of them that keepe the ſayings of this booke.</hi> Which expoundeth that, <hi>I am of thy Brethren that haue the teſtimonie of Jeſus:</hi> he had nothing elſe but his Teſtament; he came out from the Arke of his Teſtament, out of that Temple, wherein was noe other Word, he was power<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>full in that; nor would he allow any doctrine, which was not agreeable thereto, to be of the Spirit: therefore he ſaith, <hi>for the teſtimonie of Ieſus is the Spirit of propheſie:</hi> noe other. If therefore men bringe not that teſtimonie, they vainly talke of the Spirit of propheſie, as Papiſts for theire traditions, Anabaptiſts for theire dreames, and others for theire Hereſies; wherein they reiect the teſtimonie of Ieſus, &amp; doe deſpite to the Spirit of grace. Where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the Apoſtle ſaith,
<note place="margin">Heb. 10.26.</note> 
                  <hi>If wee ſinne willingly after wee haue receiued the knowledge of the Truth, there remaineth noe more ſacrifice for ſinnes, but a certaine fearefull looking for of iudgment and fierie indig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation, &amp;c.</hi> If wee fall away and reiect the truth in any point of faith &amp; ſaluation, wee haue noe benefit of that one Sacrifice: for as it was a price of redemption, ſo ye ſee it was and is a ſeale and witneſſe of the Teſtament that conueis the benefit of it, to them that receiue that Truth, not to them that deſpiſe it; for it rather ſealeth to them the damnation aſſured Mark. 16.16. Ioh. 3.18.20. <hi>He that despiſed Moſes Law,
<note place="margin">verſ. 28.</note> died without mercie vnder two or three witneſses;</hi> (though he deſpiſed but one or two commaundements thereof, for that <hi>made him guiltie of all.) Of how much ſorer puiſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment ſuppoſe ye ſhall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden vnder foote the Sonne of God</hi> (viz. the Word, the
<note n="*" place="bottom">Charac. of a Chriſtian. p. 34.</note> new Teſtament, <hi>not the letter, but the ſpirit. For the Lord is that ſpirit.</hi> 2. Cor. 3.6.17.) <hi>and hath counted the blood of Couenant wherewith he was ſanctified</hi> (that is, ſealed &amp; dedicated) <hi>an vnholy thinge.</hi> He that reiects his teſti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monie in any point and takes other, he departs from the faith, as thoſe doe who take theires that forbid marriage &amp; meates, and ſo he doth this verrie thinge, he maketh the blood that ſpeaketh an inſufficient witneſſe, and ſo an <hi>vnholy thinge, and doth despite vnto
<pb n="77" facs="tcp:2471:47"/>the Spirit of grace,</hi> (that alſo witneſſeth the ſame) like as all Here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticks and hinderers, and ſlanderers of the Word doe:) though Chriſt came with his blood and bitter paſſion to beare witneſle to the Truth, and to make him receiue <hi>the loue</hi> of it; yet he receiueth it not. Marke this ye Papiſts, Pelagians and other Hereticks; and neuer tell men of youre meditations of Chriſts wounds, &amp; hopes in his blood and ſufferings, and in your receiuing it in the cup, nor of your prayers to be clenſed by that blood, if in any thinge you obſtinately reiect his teſtimonie, and receiue not the Truth to which he bare witneſſe with his blood; becauſe this is not to receiue, but to <hi>tread vnder foote the Sonne of God, &amp; count the blood of the Couenant wherewith he was ſanctified,</hi> ſealed and confirmed to vs <hi>an vnholy thinge.</hi> How the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> would they haue benefit by it? <hi>God hath choſen men to ſaluation</hi> (and ſo to haue benefit by the blood &amp; by the Sacrament) <hi>through ſanctification of the ſpirit and beleefe of the Truth.</hi> Such as receiue the loue of the Truth haue it,
<note place="margin">2. Theſ. 2.</note> not others that will not. The like may be ſaide of theire Baptiſme, I meane not generally; becauſe at leaſt ſome of theire children, dying be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore they come of age to receiue, or reiect the loue of the Truth, may yet haue benefit of theire Baptiſme to life euerlaſting: but they themſelues that oppoſe the Truth in any thinge, or will <hi>not heare the voice of the Charmer charme he neuer ſo wiſely;</hi> and preſiſt therein without <hi>repentance to the acknowledging of the Truth,</hi> what benefit can they haue by theire Baptiſme? It is not that, but theire beeing
<note n="*" place="margin">Charat. of a Chriſtian. pag. 81. &amp;c.</note> and continuing in the Word, that makes them ſuch true Chriſtians as ſhall be ſaued. For Baptiſme alſo is a ſeale of the Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uenant, by it God beareth witneſſe to his Couenant; and it is of greate force and virtue to him that receiues the loue true of the Truth ſealed; as the ſeale is to a couenant of this world, and to him that receiues it, and whatſoeuer it conueieth. But if in any point men reiect and oppoſe the Truth, and ſo <hi>tread vnder foote the Sonne of God,</hi> they make the Water and the Blood thereby ſignified an inſufficent witneſſe, and ſo <hi>an vnholy thinge;</hi> they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuſe him that by it ſpeaketh and beareth witneſſe to his Truth; and what benefit then can they haue by it, without receiuing his Truth to which it is a ſeale?</p>
               <pb n="76" facs="tcp:2471:48"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="77" facs="tcp:2471:48"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="78" facs="tcp:2471:49"/>
               <p>He that receiues the broade ſeale of a Kinge, if either in part or in whole he reiect, oppoſe or diſclaime the deede to which it is annexed, or the things therein conueied, or will not hold them ſo as the writing bindeth, whether it be in <hi>capite</hi> or other tenute, but as he liſt himſelfe, or if he cut of a peece of the writing, or tread it vnder foote, what good doth the Seale doe him? ſurely none: he forſakes the ſubſtance and foundation of his aſſurance. But ſo doe the Papiſts and other Hereticks by Gods Truth and couenant as in theeſe examples.</p>
               <p>The Couenant of God witneſſeth that, <hi>He hath cheſen vs in him before the world,</hi> (not that wee were, but) <hi>that wee ſhould be holy. He hath ſaued vs and called vs with an holy calling,
<note place="margin">Epheſ. 1.4.5.6. 2. Tim. 1.9. Rom. 11.15. chap. 9.11.12 16.</note> not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpoſe and grace, giuen vs in Chriſt before the world.</hi> There is a remnant acording to the <hi>elec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of grace: and if by grace, then it is no more of workes; otherwiſe Grace is noe more grace</hi> &amp;c. Noe man can haue theeſe but he muſt thus hold them in <hi>Capite</hi> of God, and that his eternall Truth and purpoſe: but both Papiſts and Pelagians oppoſe this, ſome more, ſome leſſe, and will haue and hold this election calling and ſalua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion from and according to foreſeene faith and workes, and ſo of and by them. And is not this then to fall from God &amp; his eternall purpoſe and grace to themſelues and theire owne workes? From the fundamentall Truth and true foundation to a falſe one of theire owne? The Couenant of God witneſſeth of the elect that they <hi>are borne againe not of the will of man,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 1.</note> but of God;</hi> of and by the Word:
<note place="margin">Phil. 2.</note> that <hi>God worketh in vs both to will and to doe:</hi> The Pelagians and Papiſts will not hold this Sonneſhip and power to doe good ſoe wholly of God, but of free will, which at leaſt muſt ſhare with God in that power and honour: Is not this to diſclaime God in the foundation, and the things it giueth? Indeede they haue free will, but it is to contend againſt the Word,
<note place="margin">Iud. 11.</note> and by gainſaying with <hi>Core,</hi> to ſhew they are not of the Truth, and ſoe to proue that they haue not this free will to good which they talke of. Gods couena<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t giues the cup to all,
<note place="margin">Mat. 26.27. 1. Cor. 11.26.27.28.</note> ſaying, <hi>drinke ye all of it;</hi> and ſoe did the <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rimhians e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ce this bread &amp; drinke this cup.</hi> The Papiſts yet take the cup from the laietie; and ſo, as it were, what in them is both cut of a peece of the Coueant,
<note place="margin">1. Tim. 2.5.</note> and breake of a part of the Seale, yea forbid and denie it to Gods people. Gods Couenant and Truth
<pb n="79" facs="tcp:2471:49"/>will haue them come vnto him, and by Chriſt the
<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 1.4. &amp;</note> one &amp; only <hi>Mediatour;</hi> Papiſts will yet pray vnto Saints and make them Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diatours: Gods Couenant alloweth
<note n="†" place="margin">1. Tim. 3.2.12.</note> Marriage to all; they for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bid it to Preiſts. A man would thinke this were not to depart from the faith, to forſake the foundation: But though ſinnes of infirmitie againſt the new Couenant, are not a departing from it; yet as for teaching or receiuing any new, or contrarie doctrine, and not
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Tim. 6.3.</note> conſenting to Chriſts in all things, in this caſe it is with the new Couenant, as it was with the Law,
<note place="margin">Gal. 3.10. Deut. 27. Iam. 2.10.</note> 
                  <hi>Curſed is euery one that continueth not in all things, which are written in it:</hi> and <hi>whoſoeuer ſhall keepe the whole Law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all:</hi> and muſt haue <hi>forer puniſhment,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 22.16.18.</note> as one that <hi>tradeth vnderfoote the Sonne of God</hi> &amp;c. <hi>vt ſupra.</hi> For the Angell and Chriſt by him aſſureth eternall plauges to him that ſhall <hi>adde to his Word,</hi> or <hi>take away from the words of his booke;</hi> &amp; <hi>Saint Paul</hi> ſaith of theeſe that <hi>giue beede</hi> to ſuch <hi>as forbid marriage</hi> and ſome meats, that they <hi>depart from the faith:</hi> Much more if they doe it in other points alſo, as the Papiſts doe; who in many greate points of faith and ſaluation doe not continue in the Word, but
<note n="*" place="margin">1. Tim. 6.3.</note> 
                  <hi>teach other wiſe &amp; conſent not to the wholſom words of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt;</hi> but are <hi>gainſayers with Core,</hi> Iude 11.</p>
               <p>Gods Covenant witneſſeth that he doth freely iuſtifie his by <hi>the blood</hi> of Chriſt, and his <hi>free grace</hi> therein,
<note place="margin">Rom. 5.9. Rom. 3.24.28. Gal. 2.16.</note> and on our part by faith only, <hi>without the workes of the Law:</hi> for <hi>Saint Iames</hi> ſpeakes of our iuſtification before men, <hi>ſhew me thy faith by the workes;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iam. 2.18.</note> make it appeare to vs by thy workes, that it is not a dead faith,
<note place="margin">Rom. 4.2.</note> but true liueing and ſaueing; <hi>If Abraham were iuſtified by workes, he hath wherein to reioyce, but not afore God.</hi> Yet they will haue a man to be iuſtified afore God, not by his free grace, and only by faith therein, but by the workes of the Law. Which is againſt the maine ſcoape of the Goſpell and Truth of God touching ſalua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion, and ſo againſt the foundation, as alſo in other points.
<note place="margin">Heb. 7.27. chap. 9.26.28 chap. 10.12.14.</note> The Couenant of God witneſſeth, that Chriſt <hi>was once offered; after he had offered one Sacrifice for ſimes for euer, he ſate downe at the right hand of God. By one offering he perfected for euer them that are ſancti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied.</hi> The Papiſts will yet daily offer him by the hands of the Preiſt, a propitiatorie ſacrifice for the ſinnes of the quick and dead, to get remiſſion by an idoll, or falſe Chriſt of theire owne
<pb n="80" facs="tcp:2471:50"/>making,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 8.32. ſee Charac. of a Chriſtian. pag. 329. &amp;c. ad finem.</note> and ſo by a new price of redemption. The Couenant of God witneſſeth that the Truth <hi>maketh men free, and free indeede,</hi> from the ſeruitude and imputation of ſinne, that men can not otherwiſe haue true freedom; but as if it did not, the Papiſts will haue freedom by pardons, merrits, ſatiſfactions, maſſes &amp;c. Surely this is to forſake the true foundation of aſſurance for a falſe one of theire owne. Yet ſome vnaduiſedly ſay, they hold the foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dation; which can not be maintained. For Chriſt is the eternall Word and Truth reuealed, and that Word is in himſelfe moſt ſimple and indiuiſible, one foundation, not to be diuided, though wee can not come in any meaſure to know the ſame, but as it is reuealed for our weake and finite vnderſtanding, as it were by parts and principles: yet it is true in them all and in euery part, he was and is eternally that Truth of God; and <hi>other foundation can noe man laie the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> that is laied which is Ieſus Chriſt.</hi> Now therefore whoſeuer in points of faith and ſaluation forſake and oppoſe that foundation in any one principle, and inſteade thereof intrudeth another for men to build vpon, he forſaketh and oppoſeth Chriſt the eternall foundation, and thruſts in another for men to build vpon; and they that in matters of faith and ſaluation receiue and build vpon the intruded foundation, they forſake Chriſt the eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nall foundation &amp; build vpon the other intruded: but the Popiſh clergie in points of faith and ſaluation forſake and oppoſe that foundation in diuers principles, and inſteade thereof intrude others for men to build on: therefore they forſake and oppoſe Chriſt the eternall foundation and thruſt in another for men to build vpon; and the Papiſts that in matters of faith and ſaluation receiue and build vpon the intruded foundation, they alſo forſake Chriſt the eternall foundation and build vpon the intruded.</p>
               <p>If an Executour, or one that hath diuers legacies giuen him, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iect a dead mans Teſtament in any one thinge, to get the ſame by ſome other right and title, or adde one thinge to it, wee ſay he forſakes, breakes and diſſanuls the will or Teſtament, and ſo the verrie foundation of all he hath by it; much more if he doe it in many, as the Papiſts doe by Chriſt, who reiect his Teſtament in diuers maine points of faith and ſaluation, to hold the legacies thereof by other doctrines and titles; and adde to it theire owne traditions, which they will haue receiued, <hi>pari pietatis affectu ac
<pb n="81" facs="tcp:2471:50"/>reuerentia.</hi> For faith <hi>S. Paul, If it be a mans Teſtament, yet if it be confirmed, noe man diſſanulleth or addeth vnto it.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gal. 3.15.</note> Much leſſe to Gods Teſtament, which is the Truth Chriſt ſpake and confirmed in his blood; ſeeing indeede Chriſt himſelfe is the Truth, which he ſpake, as
<note n="*" place="margin">Aug. in 10. trac. 41. B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>da Feria. 5 po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t <gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>uocau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t Aug. in Ioan. tr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>c. 115. cum Chrutus &amp;c. Ioh. 8.</note> 
                  <hi>Anguſtine</hi> and <hi>Beda</hi> ſhew on the words, <hi>I ſpeake that which I haue ſeene with my Father:</hi> and as the ſame <hi>Augustine</hi> on theeſe words doth well vnderſtand, <hi>when Chriſt beareth witneſſe to the Truth, truly he beareth witneſse to himſelfe; for ſurely it is his owne voice. I am the Truth. And he alſo ſaith in another place, I am one that beareth witneſſe of my ſelfe.</hi> Which needeth noe further proofe here; becauſe in ſundrie places aboue, he is manifeſted to be the Word, and that Word the Truth. Now ſeeing he bare witneſſe to that Truth, to the Teſtament with his blood, and this Teſta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment beeing the doctrine taught by him and his Apoſtles and Euangeliſts, and by them left in writing, is called
<note n="*" place="bottom">Reu. 19.10. chap. 22.9. Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 228.</note> 
                  <hi>the testimonie of Ieſus,</hi> receiued by all that are his, as of one that, is therefore called <hi>the faithfull and true witneſſe</hi> (Reuel. 1.5.) one that ſhould be beleeued and obeied in all matters of faith and ſaluation; ther<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore againſt all oppoſers and Hereticks, who refuſe his teſtimonie in any point, he addeth;</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Euerie one that is of the truth heareth my voice.</hi> That is, euerie one that is of me, and ſo is a true Chriſtian in beeing of the Truth. Thoſe are not ſuch, who for a while receiue the Word with ioy, as the ſtonie ground doth the ſeede,
<note place="margin">Mat. 13.</note> but when <hi>perſecution ariſeth becauſe of the Word, by &amp; by they are offended.</hi> Some with the verrie manifeſtation of the Word, <hi>that the poore haue the Gospell preached vnto them;</hi> the Truth manifeſted to them:
<note place="margin">chap. 11.5.6.</note> he therefore who is the Word, who is the Truth, ſaith, <hi>Bleſſed is he whoſoeuer ſhall not be offended in me.</hi> And in another place, <hi>If ye continue in my Word,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 31.</note> then are ye my Diſciples indeede:</hi> that is, Chriſtians of me,
<note place="margin">Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 199. &amp;c.</note> that am Chriſt the Truth: for ſo he addeth, <hi>And ye ſhall know the Truth, and the Truth ſhall make you free.
<note n="*" place="margin">Act. 11.26.</note> In Antioch the Diſciples were firſt called Chriſtians.</hi> As a Diſciple of <hi>Plato</hi> is called a <hi>Platonist,</hi> of <hi>Arrius</hi> an <hi>Arrian,</hi> and as the Diſciples of <hi>Nicolas,</hi> all that held his doctrine were by the holy Ghoſt called <hi>Nicolaitans;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 2.6.15.</note> ſo the Diſci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples of Chriſt, that in all things conſent to his Word and continue therein, are of him the Truth, &amp; ſo called Chriſtians. <hi>One is youre Maister euen Christ.</hi> Wee muſt not be of <hi>Paul,</hi> nor
<pb n="82" facs="tcp:2471:51"/>of <hi>Apollos,</hi> nor of <hi>Cephas,</hi> which is <hi>Peter;</hi> much leſſe of his ſuppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed Succeſſour (or any other Heretick) as thoſe that will be cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Latine</hi> or <hi>Romane Catholicks,</hi> that is vniuerſalls, in theire re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation to theire holding of him and his See, after whome all the <hi>world wondreth,</hi> and who is called the vniuerſall <hi>Latine,</hi> or <hi>Romane Biſhop,</hi> and ſo haue the <hi>name of the Beaſt;</hi> and are more truly cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led Papiſts then Chriſtians: becauſe they heare &amp; obey him more then Chriſt, and againſt Chriſt.</p>
               <p>Wee muſt not in matters of faith and ſaluation heare any mans voice,
<note place="margin">Epheſ. 2.20.</note> further then he commeth with the Truth of God, to which Chriſt bare witneſſe with his blood, the Truth which is the foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dation laide in the doctrine of Chriſt and his Apoſtles and Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets; and in building, or ſeeming to build therevpon, the ſame muſt not be wreſted;
<note place="margin">1. Cor. 3.10.11.</note> but <hi>euery man muſt take heede how he buildeth therevpon: for other foundation can noe man lay then that is layde, which is Ieſus Chriſt.</hi> Noe other word. <hi>Saint Paul</hi> will haue vs to be of none but of God;
<note place="margin">chap. 1.30.</note> 
                  <hi>Of him are ye in Chriſt, who of God is made vnto vs wiſdom:</hi> It is wiſdom in a man to be of this wiſdom, of the Word, of the Truth, and ſo of God; for it is Gods Truth: <hi>Ye are Chriſts,
<note place="margin">chap. 3.23.</note> and Chriſt is Gods.</hi> Therefore he ſaith here, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi> He therefore that will not in all matters of faith and ſaluation be truly a Diſciple of Truth, but teaches new or contrarie doctrine, he becomes a Maiſter of er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rour; and they that receiue it and abide in it, are his, not Chriſts, <hi>His Seruants ye are to whome ye obey;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Rom. 6.16.</note> whether Chriſt or Antichriſt, the true <hi>Shepbeard</hi> or a Seducer, though it be but in one or two points; as the followers of <hi>Nicolas,</hi> though they held all the reſt ſound, they preſently looſe the name of Chriſtians, and are called <hi>Nicolaitans:</hi> for one ſtronge hold, held againſt ſuch a Kinge, is enough to make the Captaine that holds it, and all his followers to looſe the name of Subiects, and to be rightly called Traitours: men can <hi>not ſerue two Maiſters, not God and Mammon;</hi> much leſſe Chriſt and Antichriſt, the Truth and errour: if he cleaue to er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rour, he deſpiſeth and hateth the Truth; which is not the fault of one ſort of Hereticks and euill doers,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 3.20.</note> but of all: <hi>Euery one that euill doth hateth the light, neither commeth to the light.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Theeſe things me thinks ſhould fill the Papiſts, and our <hi>new Maiſters</hi> the <hi>Arminians</hi> with horrour. For though Chriſt ſay, <hi>As
<pb n="83" facs="tcp:2471:51"/>Moſes lift vp the Serpent in the wilderneſſe,
<note place="margin">verſ. 14. ſee Charac. of a Chriſtian. pag. 205. Ioh. 5.24.</note> ſo must the Sonne of man be lifted vp, That WHOSOEVER beleeueth on him ſhould not pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riſh, but haue eternall life;</hi> and of a beleeuer in the preſent tenſe, <hi>He that beareth my word and beleeueth on him that ſent me, HATH euerlasting life, and ſhall NOT come into condemnation, but IS paſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed from death to life;</hi> And by his Apoſtles,
<note place="margin">Rom. 8.30.</note> 
                  <hi>Whome he did predesti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nate, them he alſo called: and whom he called, them he alſo iuſtified: and whom he iustified, them he alſo glorified. For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance. Whoſoeuer is borne of God,
<note place="margin">chap. 11.29. 1. Ioh. 3.9.</note> ſinneth not</hi> (viz. the ſinne vnto death) <hi>for his ſeede remaineth in him, and he can not ſinne, becauſe he is borne of God.</hi> To ſhew that a true beleeuer, called and iuſtified, may be certaine of his ſaluation, and can not fall away totally and finally: Yet our <hi>Arminian Pelagians,</hi> and the Papiſts feare not to maintaine that perſons truly iuſtified can not be certaine of theire ſaluation, and that they may neuertheles fall away totally and finally; wherein many follow them, and therein follow new <hi>Maiſters,</hi> and like rebels maintaine ſtronge holds of errour againſt the knowledge of God, and <hi>obedience</hi> of Chriſt the Truth.</p>
               <p>But they ſay, that to preach theeſe doctrines of certainty of ſal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uation, &amp; perſeuerance, as alſo of election &amp; conuerſion of grace, and not of workes, not of free will; if they were true doctrines, which they will not graunt, yet they who teach the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> to the people, teach <hi>deſperate doctrines,</hi> and open a gap to all licentiouſnes, care<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leſnes, prophanenes, &amp; neglect of holy life; and ſhew a greate wa<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>t of wiſdom and diſcretion, or to the like effect. Here I might tell them, that theire owne broaching and maintaining of errours, in theeſe points, haue cauſed more preaching &amp; writing to defende the Truth, and to keepe people from theire errours and apoſtacie, then otherwiſe had beene requiſite: But I anſwer they ſee not, or will not ſee, that this is in effect to charge Chriſt with want of wiſdom and diſcretion; who, in the infancie of the Church, did himſelfe and by his Apoſtles, teach all theeſe things by preaching and writing vnto the people; that whatſoeuer his Word be, it ſtill <hi>miniſtreth grace</hi> to thoſe hearers that are his Sheepe,
<note n="*" place="margin">Tit. 2.11.12</note> 
                  <hi>teaching them to denie vngodlines and worldly luſts,</hi> it ſofteneth &amp; molefieth theire hearts as the Sunne ſofteneth waxe; that
<note n="*" place="margin">2. pet. 2.20</note> they <hi>eſcape the pollu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions of the world through the knowledge of Christ;</hi> that thoſe
<pb n="84" facs="tcp:2471:52"/>that are not Chriſts, are as well hardened by other points, as by theeſe, euen as the ſunne hardeneth clay: and ſo it doth theeſe <hi>new Maiſters</hi> and theire followers: for the more the Truth is mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feſted, the more they hate that light and Truth, and would hin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the ſetting of it forth in Sermons and Bookes; the more they deſpiſe Chriſt, who is the Truth and rebell againſt him. Is this theire wiſdom and diſcretion? I confeſſe they haue ſome, ſuch as it is. For firſt, for gaine or preferment, they will obſcure, betray &amp; ſell Chriſt the Truth, yea fight againſt him with errours and ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guments, wreſt the Word to theire eronious tenets, that is in ef<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fect to proue him errour and his father a liar; like mercenarie Souldiers that will fight of that ſide which giues them moſt pay: and then they haue wiſdom to get greate ones of theire ſide; to hinder others from confuting them, and to keepe the people from knowledge, that ſo they alſo may fall the ſooner to theire partie; and by theeſe things to deale trecherouſly with God; as alſo by peruerting the Articles, to make, if they could, theire mother an adultreſſe, and the preſent Church of <hi>England</hi> as adulterous in Religion as themſelues; to extenuate the heinouſnes of Poperie, to draw our Religion neerer to it, and thereby to get the Romiſh Aduerſaries freinds in Court and Vniuerſities; by ſeditious whiſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perings to alienate the heart of the Prince from his moſt Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gious and Truth ſeeking Subiects, to get Parliaments diſſolued, and ſo ouerthrow a cheife remedie vnder God, to deuide a King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom at vnitie in it ſelfe, to fire all, ſoe they may, but get theire Princes fauour to rule for theire owne times; and by all theeſe things to throw Churches, Kingdoms and States into deſtruc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion; to prouoke God to powre out his plauges vpon vs: If this be theire wiſdom and diſcretion, ſurely it is not <hi>ſapere adſobrieta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iam. 3.15.17.</note> it comes not <hi>from aboue,</hi> it is not <hi>pure &amp; peaceable,</hi> but <hi>earthly, ſenſuall and deuiliſh.</hi> But they haue one point of wiſdom more, to ſhew, if not by all theeſe, yet at leaſt by ſtopping theire owne eares (and other mens alſo, what they can) againſt the <hi>voice of the char<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer,</hi> by diſputing and fighting againſt the Truth, that they are not of the Truth, nor of his Kingdom, but of a contrarie; that they <hi>ranne gredily after the errour of Balaam, for reward, and will periſh in the gainſaying of Core,</hi> vnleſſe they repent: Iude 11. For Chriſt ſaith,
<note place="margin">Tole<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. in Ioan. 18.</note> 
                  <hi>Euery one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi> Tolet. <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the Iewes beleeue not me, not becauſe I ſpeake not true things, but
<pb n="85" facs="tcp:2471:52"/>becauſe they are not of the Truth. It is a like ſaying, Joh.</hi> 3. <hi>he that doth truth commeth to the light. Rom.</hi> 2.
<note place="margin">2. Theſ. 1.7.8.</note> 
                  <hi>But to them that are conten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tious, and doe not obey the Truth, but obey vnrighteouſneſſe indignation and wrath.</hi> Which indeede they will finde when Chriſt commeth, <hi>taking vengeance on them that know not God and that obey not the Gospell, who ſhall be puniſhed with euerlaſting deſtruction &amp;c.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 14.9.10.11. verſ. 12.</note> As is ſaide to <hi>thoſe his enemies that would not that he ſhould raigne ouer them,</hi> and to them that receiue the <hi>marke</hi> of the Beaſt, and worſhip him and his Image in receiuing, and obeying for doctrines theire commandements and traditions; as they would haue all doe, or ſuffer for refuſing the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>; a greate triall: therefore it is there added, <hi>Here is the patience of the Saints:
<note place="margin">Character of a Chr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ſtian. pag. 282. &amp; 292.</note> Here are they that keepe the co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deme<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>ts of God, &amp; the faith of Ieſus.</hi> They that are theires, heare the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>; * but they that are Chriſts will in matters of faith &amp; ſaluatio<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> only heare him, as he ſaith, <hi>Euery one that is of the truth heareth my voice.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Auguſtine,
<note place="margin">Aug. in Ioan. trac. 115. gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiam commen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dauit &amp;c.</note> He hath commended the grace whereby he calleth ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to his purpoſe: of the which purpoſe the Apoſtle ſpeaketh; All thing<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s worke together for good to them who are called according to his purpoſe, to wit, according to the purpoſe of the caller, not of the called. He hath called vs with an holy calling, not according to our workes, but according to his owne purpoſe and grace: without doubt noe merrits goeing before, leaſt grace ſhould, not be grace. For if he bad ſaide, Euerie one which heareth my voice is of the truth, he ſhould haue beene thought to haue beene named of the Truth, becauſe he obeieth the Truth. He ſaith not this, but thus, Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice. And hereby he is not therefore of the Truth, becauſe he heareth his voice, but he therefore heareth becauſe he is of the Truth, that is becauſe the Truth conferreth this gift on him: which what other thinge is it, then Chriſt giueing him the gift, he beleeueth in Chriſt?</hi> This he manifeſts againſt the proud and peſtilent errour of the <hi>Pelagians,</hi> which taketh from God the glorie of his free grace &amp; power in election, calling, conuerſion &amp;c. And giues theeſe things to theire owne free will, and Foreſeene faith and works; and by ſuch diſputes againſt the Truth proue that which they denie, viz. that they them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſelues can not heare, beleene, &amp; obey the truth, becauſe it is not <hi>giuen</hi> them of God, becauſe they are not Chriſts; as he ſaith,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 10.26.27.</note> 
                  <hi>Ye be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leeue not, becauſe ye are not of my Sheepe. My Sheepe heare my voice,</hi> that is becauſe they are of me, choſen in me:
<note place="margin">Ioh. 8.47.</note> 
                  <hi>He that is of God hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reth Gods words: ye therefore heare them not becauſe ye are not of God.</hi>
                  <pb n="86" facs="tcp:2471:53"/>That is indeede, becauſe ye are not of Gods elect, and ſo of the Truth,
<note place="margin">1. Ioh. 2.19.</note> and called according <hi>to his purpoſe. They went out from vs, becauſe they were not of vs:
<note place="margin">Act. 13.48. Act. 2.42. verſ. 47.</note> for if they had beene of vs, they would haue continued with vs, &amp;c. As many as were ordained to eternall life be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leeued.</hi> Such <hi>continue ſtedfaſtly in the Apoſtles doctrine,</hi> as is expreſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſed there; <hi>Such as ſhould be ſaued.</hi> Others, that are not ſo of the Truth, doe not; only the elect and called, as he ſaith, <hi>Euery one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Tolet in Ioan. 18. vide ó Pi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>late quos audis contra me, qui ex veritute no<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> ſunt.</note> Tolet. <hi>Behold, ô Pilate, whome thou hearest againſt me, thoſe that are not of the Truth.</hi> So indeede of Papiſts, Pelagians and other Hereticks, Chriſt may complaine and ſay, <hi>Behold, ô ye Princes and people,</hi> whome ye heare againſt me,
<note place="margin">2. Tim. 2.19. Ioh. 10.</note> thoſe that are <hi>not of the Truth. The LORD knoweth them that are his:</hi> Chriſt ſaith, <hi>I know my ſheepe,</hi> that is, who are giuen me, who ſhall heare my voice, and who not. Act. 18.10.</p>
               <p>Yet true it is that me<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> commonly iudge of the tree by the fruite, and ſo that thoſe are not of God, who heare not Gods words; like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wiſe of others, becauſe they doe heare his voice, they are of the Truth:
<note place="margin">1. Ioh. 4.6.</note> and this is good, and if not oppoſed to the former, noe way amiſſe. <hi>He that knoweth God heareth vs, he that is not of God heareth not vs, hereby know wee the Spirit of Truth, and the Spirit of errour.</hi> For Chriſt is <hi>knowne</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Ioh. 10.14.27. Character of a Chriſtian. pag. 329.</note> of his, and when they <hi>know</hi> the Truth, the Truth maketh them <hi>free:</hi> free from preſumpteous ſinning; they heare his voice; they may not, nor will not ſoe neglect hearing &amp; holy life as preſuming vpon praedeſtination to ſay deſperately, <hi>Si Saluabor Saluabor,</hi> there is noe danger of that, becauſe they not knowing the ſecret counſaile of God, who are elected in Chriſt to be called, iuſtified, ſanctified and glorified, and who not, looke to the meanes, heare his Word, pray and giue all dilligence to follow it in holines of life; that ſoe themſelues (and others alſo) may know the tree by the fruite; which is to make theire <hi>calling and election ſure to</hi> themſelues: but howſoeuer both the one, and the other ſhew that they only are of Chriſt, be they here or elſwhere, that heare his voice, as he ſaith, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi> As wee haue many liueing in our Church, and pertaking with it in ſome outward ceremonies and ſeruices, who for diuers reſpects would haue ſome men thinke the<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> Proteſtants, yet are in heart and faith Papiſts, abborring thoſe doctrines of our Church which diſſent from Poperie; ſoe may Chriſt haue ſome of
<pb n="87" facs="tcp:2471:53"/>his elect in the Church of Rome, that by that litle light they get of the Scriptures perceiue the errours of that Church and abhorre them; and there may be ſome ſuch in the citie of <hi>Rome</hi> it ſelfe, when it is ready to be deſtroied, to whome he crieth <hi>come out of her my people;</hi> but where euer they be, you heare he ſaith, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi> Which may ſerue to anſwer them that would proue the Church of <hi>Rome</hi> to be a true Church of Chriſt, becauſe he hath people in her, when indeede the Inqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſitors, when they finde them, proue them to be rather of our faith and ſoe of our Church and religion.</p>
               <p>Yet doe I not excuſe them, that holding our faith and religion in theire hearts, outwardly profeſſe poperie; Chriſt would haue it otherwiſe, and therefore calls to them to come out of <hi>Babel,</hi> to liue where they may with more ſafety <hi>confeſſe</hi> him the Truth; which indeede is to haue Gods
<note n="*" place="margin">Charac. of a Chriſtian. pag. 245. &amp; 282. Rom. 10.10. Mat. 10.32.33.</note> marke in the forhead. <hi>For with the heart man beleeueth to righteouſneſſe, and with the mouth confeſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſion is made vnto ſaluation. Whoſoeuer therefore ſhall confeſse me be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore men, him will I confeſſe before my Father. But whoſoeuer ſhall denie me before men, him will I alſo denie before my Father.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Which things ſhould methinks fill all our Church Papiſts with horrour, eſpe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#PDCC" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ially ſome greate ones, who would ſeeme to be true Proteſtants, and for faſhion ſake come ſomtimes to Church, and ſay ouer the prayers, which ſome Papiſts thinke are not repugnant to theire Religion, yea &amp; heare ſome mens ſermons; but it is that they may the better hold places and offices, get the more truſt in greate imploiments and counſels; that ſoe pretending many mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters for the good of our Religion, they may the better vnder ſuch colourable pretences practiſe and ſecretly carrie them to the fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therance of the Popiſh cauſe. Theeſe are ſuch as ſeeme to admire the outward rites, and all the moſt gaudie veſtments &amp; ceremo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies; becauſe indeede they loue litle elſe in the Church, would haue more of them, and more neere to poperie, euen ſuch gay ſhewes as in <hi>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. Coſens</hi> ſet vp in the North. Yet ſome of the Clergie are ſoe fond, as to crie out for litle or nothing elſe but the ſeruice, the ceremonies, outward habbits, and Muſick; pretending that by preſſing the vſe of ſuch things, they ſhall the ſooner draw Papiſts to come to Church; (but not to be there conuinced; for points controuerted muſt not be preached to diſcouer errours;)
<pb n="88" facs="tcp:2471:54"/>they might adde, that they ſhall thereby get ſome doubtfull freinds, if not ſecret enemies, and gaine as much by it, as of old the Church of Rome did before the yeare 420. by imitating and vſing ſome rites of the heathen, the ſooner to winne them to em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brace Chriſtianily; the iſſue whereof was this, that God ſoe abhor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red theire temporiſing, that he ſuffered them in few yeares to be ouer flowen by a flood of <hi>Gothes, Vandals:</hi> and <hi>Alanes, &amp;c.</hi> The Lord God deliuer vs from ſuch an inundation of Papiſts. I reade of ſome that were to be ouercome and conuerted by the ſword that comes out of Chriſts mouth, Reu. 19.21. But of none by ſhewes, muſick and ceremonies: Yet I will not ſay that other re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed Churches that haue fewer Ceremonies gaine more con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uerts; but this I may ſay, that they get ſuch as are more ſincere, conſtant and faithfull to Church and State: and further to all ſuch Church Papiſts (who it ſeeme for an aduantage, get diſpenſations to be preſent at ſome of our Churches and Sermons) that they are not Proteſtants, vnleſſe theire hearts hold the Proteſtant faith; that if they thinke Poperie to be the true Religion, why doe they not openly profeſſe it? (eſpetially ſeeing they are not troubled in <hi>England</hi> for theire Religion, but haue indeede to much libertie, &amp; vſe of it) or if they doe not; how can they hope in the day of iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment to looke Chriſt in the face with comfort? for he that is the Truth ſaith,
<note place="margin">Mark. 8.38.</note> 
                  <hi>Whoſoeuer ſhall be aſhamed of me, and of my words, in this adulterous and ſinfull generation, of him ſhall the Sonne of Man be aſhamed, when he commeth in the glorie of his Father.</hi> If theeſe men were of the Truth, they would not only be preſent at the preaching of it, but alſo heare and obey it, ſoe as truly to ſeeke the Kingdom of God, yea and therewith all the promiſed and com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maunded Ruin of <hi>Rome,</hi> Antichriſt and theire ſupporters, which hinder Chriſts raigne, and not the things which are contrarie: For he ſaith, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus then though there be many Religions in the world, op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſing one another, ſome in one thinge, ſome in another; yet there is but one of them of the Truth, namely that alone which in all matters of faith and ſaluation heareth his voice, who is the Truth. Lately in my hearing one ieſtingly aſked a Popiſh <hi>newes-monger,</hi> how it went with the <hi>Catholicke Cauſe?</hi> He in ſome anger &amp; more pride anſwered, ye haue many Religions, but I hope that now ye
<pb n="87" facs="tcp:2471:54"/>
                  <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                     <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="88" facs="tcp:2471:55"/>
                  <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                     <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="89" facs="tcp:2471:55"/>ſhall haue but one: It was aſked him if he would be of that one; he replied, I that I will. It was aſked him what Religion that was? he anſwered, <hi>The booke of common praier and the Articles.</hi> One an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſwered him, wee hold with the booke of common prayer &amp; with the <hi>Articles,</hi> but not after the ſenſe of the <hi>Arminians,</hi> proued to be <hi>peruerted,</hi> wreſted and abſurd, by Doctor <hi>Carlton</hi> late Biſhop of <hi>Chicheſter</hi> in a booke, abouemencioned, dedicated to the Kings Maieſtie. And indeede whether all things be in them in that per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection that ſhould be, or noe, both the one and the other ſend vs to the Truth of God reuealed in ſcripture, &amp; oblige vs to be of it. The booke of common praier ſaith, that <hi>wee aſsemble and meeke to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether to heare his most holy Word; and to aſke thooſe things &amp;c.</hi> In the Lords praier, diuers times there vſed, wee pray, <hi>Hallowed be thy Name, they Kingdom come, they will be donne;</hi> and ſoe that his Word may be had in honour, and his Kingdom come amonge vs in the due preaching thereof, and into our Soules to rule vs in all things neceſſarie to ſaluation: <hi>For his is the Kingdom, the power and glorie.</hi> The Pſalme read ſaith, <hi>to day if ye will heare his voice, hearden not &amp;c.</hi> The praier for peace; <hi>In knowledge of whome ſtandeth our eternall life:</hi> another <hi>Granting vs in this world know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge of they truth:</hi> the letanie, <hi>That is would pleaſe him to illuminate all Biſhops, Paſtors and Miniſters of the Church with true knowledge and vnderſtanding of</hi> his <hi>Word, and</hi> (what, to treaſure and monopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lize it vp in themſelues? noe, but) <hi>that by theire preaching &amp; liueiug they may ſet it forth and ſhew it accordingly:</hi> as in a prayer at the communion, <hi>That they may, both by theire life and doctrine, ſet foorth they true and liuely Word:</hi> In another for all the congration; 2. Sund. in Aduent, <hi>Bleſſed Lord which haſt cauſed, all holy Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture to be written for our learning, grant that wee may in ſuch wiſe heare them, reade &amp;c.</hi> To paſſe by that on 5. Sund, after Epiph. which Againſt Pelagian pride ſaith, <hi>That they which doe leane only on the hope of they heauenly grace, may euermore &amp;c.</hi> On good Friday is begd of him, <hi>That he would take from Iewes, Turkes, In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fidels and Hereticks, ignorance, heardneſſe of heart and contempt of his Word;</hi> but not in deſire to retaine it in our ſelues. The booke of Articles ſaith Art. 2. <hi>The Sonne is the Word of the Father, begotten &amp;c.</hi> Art. 6. <hi>Holy Scripture containeth all things neceſſarie to ſaluation: ſoe that whatſoeuer is not read therein, nor may be proued thereby, is not
<pb n="90" facs="tcp:2471:56"/>required of any man, that it ſhould be beleeued as an article of faith, or be thought requiſite or neceſſarie to ſaluation.</hi> Soe alſo the Articles of <hi>Ireland.</hi> Art. 1. <hi>The ground of our Religion, and the Rule of faith, and all ſaueing truth is the Word of God, contained in holy Scripture.</hi> In both theeſe bookes, <hi>by the name of holy Scripture</hi> the Compilers <hi>vnderſtand all the canonicall bookes of the old and new Teſtament,</hi> in them recited. Now that which thus bindeth vs to another <hi>Rule</hi> and warrant, doth not make it ſelfe the <hi>Rule</hi> and warrant, nor permit any <hi>Rule</hi> and warrant in matters of faith and ſaluation, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ſides that to which it bindeth vs: but the booke of the Articles doth thus binde to another <hi>Rule</hi> and warrant: ergo. For further proofe whereof obſerue Art. 22. <hi>The Romiſh doctrine concerning purgatory, &amp;c. is a fonde thinge.</hi> Now this Article is not the <hi>Rule</hi> and warrant why that doctrine muſt not be receiued, but the Word; for ſoe it followeth, as beeing <hi>vainely inuented, and grounded vpon noe warranty of Scripture,</hi> but rather repugnant to <hi>the Word of God.</hi> Art. 8. ſaith, <hi>The three creedes, ought throughly to be receiued and beleeued:</hi> but why? the article ſends to the warrant and rule, ſaying, <hi>For they may be proued by moſt certaine warrants of holy Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.</hi> Wherevpon Miniſters, Catechiſing men in that called the Apoſtles creede, doe accordingly proue the matter by the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures. Art. 18. counteth them <hi>accurſed, that preſume to ſay that euery man ſhall be ſaned by the law or ſect which he profeſſeth:</hi> where the Article is not the <hi>Rule</hi> or warrant, but plainely telleth you of ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther, ſaying; <hi>For holy Scripture doth ſet out vnto vs only the Name of Ieſus Chriſt whereby men muſt be ſaued.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This man then that hoped that wee ſhould haue noe other Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion then the booke of Articles and the common praier, hoped it ſeemes, that wee ſhould not haue them as they were at firſt in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended, nor in that which they require and binde men to. viz. in matter of faith and ſaluation to build only on the Scripture, which ye ſee is plainely and euidently intended by the compilers of the <hi>Articles.</hi> By this man one may gather the hopes of the Papiſts; for it was M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. <hi>Burgen</hi> theire known <hi>Newes-monger,</hi> one that is <hi>frequent amonge them,</hi> and heares theire mindes; that preaching to aedifie ſome and confute others by Scripture; and writing to conuince ſome and eſtabliſh others, which haue ſoe weakened &amp; diſcoured them, would now be out of countenance and faſhion: that though
<pb n="91" facs="tcp:2471:56"/>wee pray for theeſe things, yet there ſhould be nothing leſſe min<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded and practiſed; that ſoe they and the Arminians might preuaile vnconfuted, vnreproued; (becauſe theeſe bookes, though agreable to Scripture, are not, as ye ſee, warrants &amp; <hi>Rules</hi> of faith; they doe not quote places of Scripture to proue or confute, and ſo conſume Antichriſt and Hereticks by the Spirit of Chriſts mouth, nor in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deede recite all theire errours) that yet theeſe bookes would come to be the <hi>Rule</hi> of faith (and ſoe ouerthrow that which the 6. Article ſaies of the Scripture) that wee ſhould not ſoe much as vrge them in theire true &amp; grammaticall ſenſe; that by this meanes <hi>Arminian</hi> prelates might hold them to theire ſenſe; that if according to <hi>Trent</hi> practiſes, ſome more <hi>Arminians</hi> and Popelings could be intruded into Biſhops <hi>Sees</hi> and conuocations, then any thinge that they vnder the Name of the Church of <hi>England,</hi> ſhould teach or or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daine, might alſo in time become rules and Articels of faith, and at laſt not the Scripture, but theire iniunctions ſhould be alleadged to proue points of faith, after the Manner of the Church of <hi>Rome,</hi> and the Scriptures pinned to them, and in ſome points noe further admitted or taught then agreable to them: that inſteade of the authoritey of Scripture, the authoritie, ſenſe and iniunctions of the Church might be interpoſed, &amp; he iudged an Heretick that ſhould not receiue them, what euer they be, without further diſpute, and ſoe that wee ſhould ſhortly looſe our Religion, and all be brought by degrees and deuiſes, as the Churches of <hi>Italie</hi> and others were of old, to the Popes tenets. Whereas on the contrarie the booke of Articles ſaith, Art. 19. <hi>The viſſible Church of Chriſt is a congregation of faithfull men, in which the pure Word of God is preached and the Sacraments be duly ministred according to Chriſts ordinance.</hi> Art. 20. <hi>The Church heath power to decree Rites or Ceremonies, and authoritie in controuerſies of faith: And yet it is not lawfull for the Church to ordaine any thinge that is contrarie to Gods Word written, neither may it ſoe expound one place of Scripture, that it be repugnant to another. Wherefore although the Church be a witnes and a keeper of holy writ: Yet as it ought not to decree any thinge againſt the ſame, ſo beſides the ſame, ought it not to enforce any thinge to be beleeued for neceſſity of ſaluation.</hi> Art. 21. <hi>Generall councells may erre, and ſomtime haue erred.</hi> Much more particular.</p>
               <pb n="92" facs="tcp:2471:57"/>
               <p>Thus then the booke of common prayer &amp; the Articles binde Men to be of Gods Truth: neither doth any man rightly hold them, vnleſſe as they require, he in matters of faith and ſaluation keepe to the Scripture, and ſo be of the Truth. Thoſe men there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore that ſlight or neglect the due preaching of Gods Word, and the conuincing of Hereticks by it; and inſteade thereof ſo pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poſe and extoll the booke of common praier, and the Articles and conſtitutions of the Church of <hi>England,</hi> that they ſeeme to haue litle or noe Religion beſides;
<note place="margin">A new ſort of Sciſmaticks.</note> they are a new ſort of <hi>Sciſmaticks,</hi> ſome of which will yet be counted <hi>Pastors</hi> and <hi>Pillars,</hi> far more againſt the booke of common praier and the Articles then any other: for as much as others are againſt the ceremonies, theeſe againſt the ſubſtance of Religion, which they require; others are againſt that forme of praier, theeſe againſt the things principally praied for and enioined;
<note place="margin">Pſal. 2.</note> &amp; ſo againſt the Truth ſealed in Chriſts blood: which they alſo tread <hi>vnder foote, &amp; count vnholy,</hi> yea <hi>breake his bands and cast his cords from them,</hi> by the geering ſcoffes they vſe againſt preaching, and conuincing Hereticks by Scriptures, either in preaching or writing; by hindring them, and the ſlight eſteeme they haue of them. Yet like Hypocrits, as if they would haue all as the co<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>pilers of the commo<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g> praier booke intended, and as it ſhould be,
<note place="margin">3. Sund. after Eaſt. on Saint Iohns day.</note> in one Prayer they ſay, <hi>God which ſheweſt to all men that be in errour the light of thy Truth, &amp;c.</hi> in another, <hi>Wee beſeech thee to cast thy bright beames of light vpon thy Church, that it beeing lightened by the doctrine of thy holy Apoſtle &amp; Euangelist</hi> Iohn <hi>may attaine to thy euerlaſting gifts:</hi> on the day of <hi>Saint</hi> Paul, <hi>That wee may follow &amp; fulfill thy holy doctrine which he hath taught:</hi> of <hi>Saint</hi> Mathias, <hi>Graunt that thy Church beeing alwaies preſerued from falſe Apostles, may be ordered and guided by faithfull &amp; true Paſtors:</hi> of <hi>Simon</hi> and <hi>Iude, Graunt vs to be ioined in vnitie of ſpirit by theire doctrine:</hi> of S. Andrew, <hi>Graunt vnto vs all, that wee beeing called by thy Holy Word, may forthwith &amp;c.</hi> Alſo in an exhortation before the Communion, they ſay, <hi>If any of you be a blasphemer, a hindrer and ſlanderer of his word &amp;c. come not to this holy table:</hi> to the ſure<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties of Children baptized, <hi>to call vpon them to heare Sermons &amp;c.</hi> the Biſhop at theire confirmation prayeth, <hi>Let thy Holy Spirit be euer with them, &amp; ſo leade them in the knowledge of thy Holie Word, that in the ende &amp;c.</hi> Theeſe Prayers and ſayings will riſe in iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
<pb n="93" facs="tcp:2471:57"/>againſt many who extoll them, vſe them, prefer them, and yet minde nothing leſſe them the things prayed for, and deſired in them; but are rather againſt them, and ſo againſt Chriſts King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom, againſt his raigne who is the Word; and who ſaith,
<note place="margin">Luk. 19.27.</note> 
                  <hi>Thoſe mine enemies that would not that I ſhould raigne ouer them, bringe hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther &amp;c.</hi> They therefore that ſcoffe &amp; geere at diligent preachers and hearers, call them Puritans and deſpiſe them, let them know, Chriſts Diſciples are <hi>commaunded to teach all Nations,
<note place="margin">Mat. 28.</note> to obſerue all things whatſoeuer he commaunded them;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Epheſ. 4.14.</note> that <hi>wee are not to be toſsed to &amp; fro, and carried aboute with euery winde of doctrine, by the ſleight of me, but following the Truth in loue to grow vp into him in all things who is the Head:</hi> that <hi>the Scriptures make wiſe vnto ſaluation &amp;c.</hi> that, <hi>He that turneth away his eare from hearing the Law,
<note place="margin">Pro. 28.9.</note> euen his praier ſhall be abhomination;</hi> If he will not heare, nor be willing that others ſhould heare, God in all matters of faith &amp; ſaluation, God will not heare him; that Chriſt ſaith againſt ſuch reuiling and ſelfe conceited Phariſes, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice;</hi> and by conſequence that ſuch as they, who make noe more account of it, can not well be ſaide to be <hi>of the Truth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Theeſe two laſt clauſes of Chriſts bearing <hi>witneſse to the Truth,</hi> and this concluſion, of <hi>hearing his voice,</hi> which he maketh there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vpon, are a large feild, which for breuitie, I haue runne ouer, only pointing at ſome of <hi>the good ſeede,</hi> and ſome of the <hi>tares,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mar. 4.26. Mat. 13.24.</note> which <hi>ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies haue ſowed while men ſtept;</hi> that ſo, thoſe that haue authority may ſee what is amiſſe at home, and ſeeke reformation. Which God knowes I haue not attempted out of any forwardnes to be medling in matters of this kinde, but only vpon ſight and ſenſe of the wronge donne to my Sauiour and his Kingdom, to my Soue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raigne Lord the <hi>Kinge,</hi> and to the Church and Countrie wherein I was bred, by the Doctrines and palliated practiſes of cloſe wal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king <hi>Popelings, Arminians</hi> and theire Supporters, many of them beeing diſguiſed vnder the name of conformable Proteſtants and Welwillers of the Church and State. Which droue me in ſilent ſorrow to meditate on theeſe paſſages of holy Scripture.</p>
               <p>Then finding that of our Lord to be true,
<note place="margin">Ioh. 15.5. 1. Cor. 12 3.</note> 
                  <hi>without me ye can doe nothing. Noe man can ſay that Ieſus is the Lord</hi> (much leſſe proue it) <hi>but by the Holie Ghoſt:</hi> and ſo, that I could neuer haue drawne ſo much hony out of theeſe flowers, vules God hath beene with
<pb n="94" facs="tcp:2471:58"/>me; I thought I muſt carrie it to the hiue; though I knew that in this caſe, I was like to finde that true, <hi>Obſequium amicos veritas odium parit,</hi> yet I might not aduenture, the euerlaſting puniſh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment of an <hi>vnproffitable ſeruant,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mat. 25.24.30.</note> by burying this <hi>one talent</hi> in a napkin; ſeeing it appeared to be Chriſts; whoſe <hi>Confeſſion and Complaint</hi> is here exhibited, with proofes and conſequences ſo following from the ſame, that there needes noe further witneſſe, noe inquirie of the vnworthy and inſtrumentall Exhibiter: for the conuincing proofes are Chriſts, the conuinced and Delinquents well knowne by other Complaints, that haue beene oft made againſt them, if not to the Kinge, yet at leaſt to the High Court of Parliament; wherein greate things haue beene offered to be pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ued: and if a free ſpeaking and hearing be not there permitted; then if any ſhould vnder colour of ſeruing his Kinge and Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trie, be as falſe to both (and withall to Religion, at leaſt for ſome ſecret loue to <hi>Rome</hi>) as euer that greate fauorite <hi>Duke Edrick</hi> was,
<note place="margin">Edrick Duke of Mercia, See Speedes Chron.</note> who ſold both to the <hi>Danes;</hi> yet men that could diſcouer them, fearing that they ſhould not be thorowly heard, but rather impriſoned and cruſhed, would perhaps hold theire peace, till it were to late to helpe. Which hath made men ſay, the <hi>Kinges eares</hi> are ſo guarded by whiſperers, by preuenting and praeuaricating expoſitors of complaints, that truth may deſpaire of an effectuall hearing. God Almightie giue vnto the <hi>Kings Maieſtie</hi> a heart to heare, ſee, and reforme what is moſt amiſſe, whereſoeuer, and in whomeſoeuer the fault be.</p>
               <p>To conclude to be of Truth is to <hi>continue in the Word,</hi> and in all matters of faith and ſaluation to cleaue to it, profeſſing and main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taining it in the whole and in euery part of it; which is to haue Gods marke in the forehead; as on the contrarie to receiue and maintaine the Popiſh lawes and doctrine, is to haue <hi>the marke of the Beast:</hi> for thus a Chriſtian is not only diſtinguiſhed from a <hi>Iew,</hi> but alſo from a marked ſlaue of Antichriſt, as ye may ſee pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ued in that litle booke, called <hi>The Character of a Christian</hi> pag. 206.282.296. <hi>Saint Paul</hi> ſaith well, <hi>Brethren marke them which cauſe diuiſions and offences,
<note place="margin">Rom. 16.17.18.</note> contrary to the doctrine which ye haue learned, and auoide them. For they that are ſuch ſerue not the Lord Ieſus Chriſt, but theire owne belly, &amp; by good words and faire ſpeeches deceiue the hearts of the ſimple.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2. Tim. 2.17.18.</note> For <hi>theire word will eate as doth a
<pb n="95" facs="tcp:2471:58"/>gangrene, who concerning the Truth haue erred.</hi> And therefore when <hi>Arminians,</hi> or other Hereticks and prophane perſons commaund and teach one thinge, and Chriſt another; the Pope one thinge, &amp; Chriſt another, the Church of <hi>Rome</hi> calleth for all mens obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience to her, and Chriſt to all to <hi>come out of Babell;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Reu. 18.</note> Ieſuits and Popiſh Preiſtes call to Princes and States to ſerue her; and Chriſt <hi>to ſerue her as ſhe hath ſerued them, to fill her double:</hi> Some follow Seducers; but ye heare what the Sauiour of the World ſaith, <hi>Euerie one that is of the Truth heareth my voice.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <trailer>FINIS.</trailer>
         </div>
      </body>
      <back>
         <div type="errata">
            <head>Faults eſcaped in the printing.</head>
            <p>Pag. 1. for Euangeliſt reade Euangeliſts .p.2.l.2. for miſlender: reade miſvnderſtood. &amp; l.23. for cheifs cheife .p.3.17. for fo reade of .p.6.l.29. for reckened, read reckoned .p.15.l.18. for tho read the .p.19.l.13. for deſer at read deſart a .p.21.l.27. for abonte re. aboute .p.23.l.35. for rebellions re. rebellious .p.32.l.19. for thas re.thus.l.23.re.ſeditious.p.33.l.8. for <hi>thouſand</hi> reade <hi>a thouſand thouſand.</hi> p.34.l.13.for meant, re.meane. &amp; l.35.for tough read though .p.36. in marg.re.<hi>vniuerſum.</hi> p.37.in mar. re. <hi>perſuadere.</hi> p.41.l.34.for reuelt reuolt .p.47.l.2. for <hi>greah</hi> rea.<hi>greate.</hi> p.52.l.11. for Chriſts re. Chriſt. l.22.re.committing .p.53.l.9. for ofter re.offer. l.3. for fiue limen re.fine linnen .p.55.l.17. for here rea. heare .p.61.l.4. for grauted graunted. l.28.re.Armin: p.86.l.1. for honeur re.honour .p.85.l.35.re.beleeue .p.88.l.5.rea.Chriſ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tianity. <hi>Beſides ſome letters that did not print ſo well off in the first ſixe ſheetes, as in the Proofes.</hi>
            </p>
         </div>
      </back>
   </text>
</TEI>
